t1703004_s1 - none - 5.739867s
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 2017.
Registration No. 333-      ​
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
under
The Securities Act of 1933
EYENOVIA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
47-1178401
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1404
New York, NY 10017
917-289-1117
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Tsontcho Ianchulev
Chief Executive Officer
501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1404
New York, NY 10017
917-289-1117
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Barry I. Grossman, Esq.
Benjamin S. Reichel, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10105
Phone: (212) 370-1300
Fax: (212) 370-7889
Michael D. Maline, Esq.
Seo Salimi, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10018
Phone: (212) 813-8800
Fax: (212) 656-1546
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☐
Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ☒
Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)
Amount of
Registration Fee(1)
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
$ 35,000,000 $ 4,357.50
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Includes shares of our common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion. Dated December 19, 2017.
Preliminary Prospectus
        Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_eyenovia.jpg]
COMMON STOCK
We are offering     shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $     and $     per share.
We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EYEN.”
We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$       $      
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$ $
(1)
See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional     shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about            , 2018.
Ladenburg Thalmann
Roth Capital Partners​
           , 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1
11
44
46
47
48
49
51
54
61
92
98
101
103
106
110
116
119
119
119
F-1
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its delivery. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
Through and including            , 2018 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
For investors outside the U.S.: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision to purchase shares of our common stock.
In this prospectus, unless we indicate otherwise or the context requires, references to the “Company,” “Eyenovia,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” and “us” refer to Eyenovia, Inc. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our Business
Overview
We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of ophthalmology products utilizing our patented piezo-print technology to deliver micro-doses (6–8 µL) of active pharmaceutical ingredients, or micro-therapeutics, topically to the eye. This micro-dosing technology has the potential to replace traditional macro-dosing applications (e.g. conventional eye droppers that deliver 30–50 µL) that routinely overdose or under-dose when used in the topical administration of ophthalmic therapeutics. We believe our micro-therapeutic product candidates may be able to achieve similar pharmacologic effects as traditional macro-dosing applications while reducing the adverse effects associated with these techniques. We have received written Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, feedback indicating that we can proceed to Phase III clinical trials for two of our lead programs: MicroProst, a novel micro-therapeutic latanoprost formulation for chronic angle closure glaucoma, or CACG, an indication with no FDA-approved drug treatments; and MicroStat, a fixed combination of micro-therapeutic phenylephrine-tropicamide formulation for mydriasis, also known as pupil dilation for use in eye exams. MicroTears, our over-the-counter, or OTC, product candidate for dry eye, will not require Phase III clinical trials, and we plan to proceed with registration activities.
We have completed two Phase II clinical trials, treating more than 110 subjects, with results published in peer-reviewed literature. Applying multiple front-of-the-eye (the area in front of the lens) formulations in subjects for mydriasis, our piezo-print technology delivered microliter precision at the volume of the eye’s natural tear film capacity of 6–8 µL, which reduced ocular and systemic drug and preservative exposure when compared to eye drops, resulting in comparable efficacy with fewer side effects. We believe that these clinical trials support our advancement into late stage clinical trials utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway. We intend to use this pathway for future clinical trials in new indications with significant unmet needs.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_img1.jpg]
Our Solution
The eye holds just 6–8 µL of fluid, yet conventional eye droppers deliver 30–50 µL. This results in ocular toxicity that is unnecessary due to ocular overexposure to drug ingredients and preservatives. Our high precision micro-therapeutic technology delivers doses of 6–8 µL, directly coating the corneal surface rather than the conjunctiva, which reduces collateral tissue exposure and focuses on the cornea where 80% of intraocular drug penetration occurs. We believe that micro-therapeutics may reduce drug and toxic preservative exposure by more than 75%, thus reducing ocular irritation, resulting in potentially gentler treatments without compromising the desired clinical effect. Our micro-therapeutic approach also reduces waste associated with conventional macro-dose drops — a problem that has been highlighted by recently introduced legislation in the U.S. Senate to address this specific concern.
We believe that we are the only company with clinical stage technology for targeted micro-dosing of ophthalmic investigational therapies. Our solution is based on piezo-print technology, which is also used for pixel-sharp high-precision inkjet printing. The technology is optimized for and applied in ophthalmic delivery to achieve micro-dosing that is many times more precise than conventional eye droppers. In addition, as an electronic system, we are able to track when patients administer their medications and deliver this information to patients and physicians via Bluetooth connectivity. This enables physicians to track compliance and make decisions regarding therapeutic regimens with knowledge of patient compliance.
The FDA provided written feedback that our clinical programs will not be treated as a medical device or as a drug/device combination. All of our programs are treated as drug development programs because only the drug comes into contact with the eye. Consequently, we do not need a separate FDA approval for the piezo-print device or to comply with FDA regulations for medical devices.
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our micro-dosing platform technology aims to address the following issues associated with eye drop-based therapies:

Improper dosing, administration and waste of medication;

Side effects associated with conventional macro-dose therapies; and

Potential for toxicity.
In the ophthalmology space, we believe that our micro-therapeutics will come with first-in-class smart sensing technology for mobile e-health applications and compliance monitoring, which will be standard with all of our smart cartridges. This technology has the potential to improve compliance and chronic disease management by tracking each time a patient administers treatment, empowering patients and physicians with access to dynamic, real time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent and personalized therapeutic paradigm.
Our micro-therapeutic solution has been tested in preclinical models and clinical trials and has been shown to provide many advantages over the current administrations. Key advantages include:

Dose reduction:   Our micro-droplet delivery technology achieves precise volumetric control at the microliter level to deliver 6–8 µL, which is the physiologic capacity of the tear film compared to the dropper pipette macro-dose of 30–50 µL which results in overdosing, ocular toxicity and systemic leaching into the plasma.

Targeted dose instillation:   Our piezo-print technology allows for targeted delivery to the ocular surface and cornea, avoiding the conjunctival cul-de-sac. The micro-jet created by the piezo-electric vibrations is columnated and focused to provide accurate delivery to the corneal surface where the majority of ocular penetration occurs. Additionally, our device includes an LED targeting mechanism to allow proper positioning and objective alignment.

Speed of delivery:   Similar to high-precision ink-jet printing that can deliver pixel-sharp precision ink jet printing, we use piezo-electric dispensation. Unlike a simple aerosolized mechanism, our patented piezo-printing technology achieves micro-droplet ejection control that creates a fast and targeted micro-jet delivery. We can deliver our micro-therapeutics to the ocular surface in less than 80 milliseconds beating the eye’s 100 millisecond blink reflex.

Smart electronics:   Our smart electronics and mobile e-health technology are designed to track when a patient administers treatment. This enables physicians to monitor patient compliance accurately. We believe this technology will improve compliance and chronic disease management by empowering patients and physicians with access to dynamic, real time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent and personalized therapeutic paradigm.
Our Pipeline
The following summarizes our product pipeline and expected milestones:
Product Candidate
Indication
Next Expected Milestones
MicroProst
Chronic Angle Closure Glaucoma
Phase III IND H2 2018
MicroStat
Mydriasis (Pupil Dilation)
Phase III IND H2 2018
MicroTears
Dry Eye
OTC Registration H1 2019
MicroPine
Myopia (Near Sightedness)
Phase III IND H1 2019
MicroProst
MicroProst is our proprietary latanoprost prostaglandin micro-formulation product candidate being developed as a first-line indication for CACG. Currently, there are no FDA-approved therapies for CACG, which accounts for 10% and 50% of all glaucoma diagnoses in the U.S. and China, respectively. We believe that the market exceeds $700 million in the U.S. alone.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Phase III Clinical Development Program
Subsequent to the completion of our Phase II clinical trials, we met with the FDA to discuss our Phase III plans for MicroProst. The FDA outlined the necessary clinical trials for approval, and we are preparing to initiate a Phase III registration program, relying on the 505(b)(2) pathway, for a first-line therapeutic indication in CACG for MicroProst. If approved, MicroProst will be the first FDA-approved treatment for CACG. Our targeted piezo-print technology will provide micro-dosing (6–8 µL) of prostaglandin latanoprost directly to the ocular surface of the cornea, which is the site of the highest intraocular penetration. We believe MicroProst will achieve similar clinical activity without the adverse effects seen with conventional drops, which overdose the eye with potentially harmful preservatives and active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API. This could provide additional opportunities for us to pursue follow-on expanded indications of MicroProst, such as for the treatment of open-angle glaucoma, where non-micro-therapeutic latanoprost is currently the primary therapeutic modality.
The MicroProst Phase III program will consist of two randomized controlled clinical trials in CACG with a 3-month primary end-point consisting of a reduction in intraocular pressure, or IOP, and follow-up for six months. We plan to commence the clinical trial in the second half of 2018, subject to a pre-investigational new drug application meeting with the FDA in early 2018, and estimate 250 patients per clinical trial. If the primary objectives of our Phase III program are met, we plan to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, for marketing approval of MicroProst for the treatment of CACG in the U.S. We entered into a licensing partnership for our MicroProst program with Senju Pharmaceuticals for Asia, including China where CACG accounts for up to 50% of all glaucoma.
MicroStat
MicroStat is the potentially first-in-class fixed combination micro-formulation product candidate for mydriasis (eye dilation) intended to facilitate office-based eye examinations to serve the over 80 million dilated retina eye exams performed each year in the U.S. MicroStat has been designed to achieve adequate pupil dilation while reducing unintended effects of conventional mydriatic agents. We believe the market exceeds $150 million in the U.S. alone.
Phase III Clinical Development Program
Based on our Phase II clinical trials and subsequent FDA feedback, we are proceeding towards the initiation of the Phase III clinical trials of a fixed-combination, micro-formulation of phenylephrine 2.5% and tropicamide 1% for mydriasis.
The MicroStat program will consist of two Phase III randomized, controlled clinical trials to demonstrate pharmacologic dilation of our fixed combination micro-formulation versus drops of individual components of phenylephrine and tropicamide with the primary endpoint of pupil change from baseline. We anticipate enrolling 100 patients per clinical trial, and intend to commence the clinical trials in the second half of 2018. If the primary objectives of our Phase III program are met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA for marketing approval in the U.S. Outside of the U.S., we have entered into a licensing partnership for MicroStat with Senju Pharmaceuticals for commercialization in Asia, including China, Japan and India.
MicroTears
MicroTears is a differentiated micro-droplet ocular surface tear replenishment product candidate for the $2 billion-plus (200 million units sold annually) OTC artificial tear market. Our piezo-technology enables accurate delivery directly to the ocular surface, which we believe enhances its effectiveness. The lower volume of MicroTears will also lower the incidents of droplet overflow. While no FDA studies are required for registration of a monograph formulation, we expect to conduct multiple Phase IV post-marketing studies to demonstrate the benefits of MicroTears. We plan to complete formulation and manufacturing scale-up activities for an expected market introduction in mid-to-late 2019.
Other Programs
In addition to MicroProst, MicroStat and MicroTears, we are developing an expanded pipeline of therapeutic product candidates and are preparing them for late-stage clinical trials. The first pipeline
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
opportunity is MicroPine, which is a micro-therapeutic formulation of atropine to target myopia (or near sightedness) progression. Clinical trials conducted to date, as well as a recent technology analysis and review by the American Academy of Ophthalmology, indicate Level 1 (highest) evidence of efficacy for the role of low dose atropine for myopia progression. To date, no therapy has been possible due to side effects associated with existing macro-dosed drop formulations in the pediatric population using atropine. We met with the FDA on December 15, 2017 to discuss our Phase III trial design for Micropine. FDA feedback indicates that we can proceed to Phase III with a primary endpoint of reduction of myopia progression, enrolling children and adolescents with a three-year follow-up. We have begun development activities for MicroPine with a planned Phase III clinical trial expected to be initiated in 2019.
Our Strategy
Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing novel therapies for front-of-the-eye conditions by utilizing our micro-therapeutic piezo-print technology. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:
Establish a portfolio of first-in-class piezo-print micro-therapeutic products for front-of-the-eye treatments through the 505(b)(2) pathway with the FDA.   We are initially focused on developing technology utilizing therapeutic compounds already well established in the topical treatment of ophthalmic indications. We believe that the 505(b)(2) registration pathway, which reduces development risk compared to new molecular entity programs by working with known compounds with well-established safety and efficacy profiles, will be available for our initial development pipeline. We believe our pipeline of patented micro-therapeutic product candidates will be highly differentiated by our improved tolerability and enhanced compliance profile and our late-stage development programs could lead to NDA submissions in novel indications where the products can have unique dosing and therapeutic profiles. We believe that this could lead to favorable pricing and reimbursement, and a reduced risk of generic substitution.
Improve clinical outcomes and patient experiences while providing an improved tolerability profile with our micro-therapeutics.   We believe our piezo-print platform will allow for high precision targeted micro-dosing for front-of-the-eye treatments, while eliminating ophthalmic over-dosing and reducing ocular exposure to toxic preservatives and pharmacologic ingredients by over 75% compared to conventional eye drop delivery mechanisms. Our clinical trials have demonstrated equivalent biologic activity, improved side effect profile and enhanced patient experience of our micro-therapeutic approach as compared to conventional eye drops.
Leverage our electronic, smartphone-enabled “e-health” technology to introduce and develop patient-specific compliance monitoring program.   Our mobile e-health technology and smart cartridges are designed to track when a patient administers treatments, allowing physicians to track patient compliance accurately. We believe this may enhance patient compliance and improve compliance monitoring by empowering patients and physicians with access to dynamic, real-time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent, informed and personalized therapeutic paradigm.
Develop micro-therapeutic treatments for other ophthalmic diseases independently or in collaboration with third parties.   Our piezo-print technology is also suitable for new molecular entities. Leveraging our existing platform technology, we plan to continue developing other micro-therapeutic product candidates for front-of-the-eye diseases that can be administered using our piezo-print technology platform with mobile e-health technology and smart cartridges either independently or through strategic partnerships with third parties. We have entered into an exclusive agreement with Senju Pharmaceuticals, a leading ophthalmology company in Japan, for the Asian development and commercial rights of our therapies and technology.
Develop solutions for ophthalmic conditions with high unmet needs and no approved therapy.   We will target chronic ophthalmic conditions with a high unmet medical need. By leveraging our piezo-print micro-dosing technology, we aim to reach conditions where there are no approved therapies. For example, our MicroPine program which is a micro-formulation of atropine, is intended to slow myopia progression in the pediatric population. However, there are currently no therapies on the market due to side effects associated with traditional macro-dosing drop formulations.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Risks Associated with our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

We have incurred operating losses since our inception. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability. We have incurred operating losses of  $17.1 million since inception, have not generated any product sales revenue and have not achieved profitable operations. Our net losses were $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of  $17.1 million. We expect to continue to incur substantial losses in future periods while we continue to test and prepare our product candidates for the market. It could be several years, if ever, before we have a commercialized drug. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our potential products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.

Our relatively short operating history may make it difficult for investors to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability. We are a clinical-stage company which commenced active operations in 2014. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital and developing our product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete a Phase III program, obtain regulatory approval, develop an in-house manufacturing facility, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization.

We may not be able to develop marketable products utilizing our technology and we may not be able to identify and successfully implement an alternative product development strategy. The approach we have adopted to discover and develop product candidates is new and may never lead to marketable products. We have concentrated our efforts on developing therapeutic product candidates utilizing new advanced technology for drug delivery. If we are unsuccessful in developing product candidates utilizing our technology, we may be required to change the scope and direction of our product development activities. If we are not able to identify and successfully implement an alternative product development strategy, our business may fail.

Ophthalmic micro-therapeutic research and development is a highly uncertain undertaking. Our development efforts may be delayed for any number of reasons, in which case potential marketing approval or commercialization of our proprietary technology could be delayed or prevented. Our research and development activities to develop ophthalmic micro-therapeutics utilizing our proprietary technology may be impeded due to scientific or technological difficulties or our lack of complete understanding of the challenges. Our research and development activities may not give rise to a marketable product and we may not succeed in developing a marketable product in a timely manner or in accordance with our estimated budgets. Even if we are successful in developing such products, there is no certainty that our products, when developed, will be found to be sufficiently effective and safe for use to receive regulatory approval for marketing.

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue would be materially impaired. Our business depends on the success of our lead research and development programs which will require significant additional clinical testing before we can seek regulatory approval and potentially launch commercial sales. In addition, we do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. Our business and future success depends on our ability to obtain regulatory approval of and then successfully commercialize our lead product candidates. If we are unable to develop or receive marketing approval in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to commercialize the product.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our product candidates are based on a novel technology, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of development and of subsequently obtaining regulatory approval. Human clinical trials are expensive, time-consuming and difficult to design and implement, in part because they are subject to rigorous regulatory requirements. Because our product candidates are based on new technologies, we expect that such human clinical trials will require extensive research and development and have substantial manufacturing and processing costs. Accordingly, our clinical trial costs could be significantly higher than other conventional therapeutic technologies or drug products.

If the market opportunities for our future product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our product revenues may be adversely affected and our business may suffer. We are currently focusing our research and product development efforts on our glaucoma, pupil dilation and dry eye products. Our understanding of both the number of people who have these needs, as well as the subset of people who have the potential to benefit from our product candidates, are based on estimates in published literature. While we believe these estimates are reasonable, they may prove to be incorrect and new studies may reduce the estimated incidence or prevalence of glaucoma and dry eyes and the need for pupil dilation.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend on the degree of market acceptance among ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients, patient advocacy groups, third-party payors and the medical community. Even if we receive regulatory approval to market our product candidates, our product candidates may not gain market acceptance upon their commercial introduction, which could prevent us from becoming profitable. We may have difficulties convincing the medical community, third-party payors and consumers to accept and use any of our product candidates that may be approved for commercialization in the future.

We have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accountant is not required to provide an attestation report as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future. We may be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by our management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This assessment will need to include disclosures of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.
Our Team
Our management team is a critical component to the execution of our overall strategy and business model. We have assembled a team with significant experience in translational science, drug evaluation, clinical development, regulatory affairs and business development. Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev, who has over 15 years of experience in public health, life-science and medical technology. He is a physician-executive and public health expert who has been at the core of developing medical products and technologies which have transformed the ophthalmic field and impacted medical care for thousands of patients each year. His intellectual property was a core asset to WaveTec’s (acquired by Alcon) technology for intraoperative aberrometry. He is currently a Professor of Ophthalmology at the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary and sits on the Boards of Iantech Medical, Kurobe Pharmaceuticals and The American Society of Cataract and Refractive Surgery Foundation. Dr. Ianchulev spent five years at Genentech where he headed the ophthalmology research group and directed the development and FDA approval of Lucentis, a successful specialty biologic in the field of ophthalmology with more than $4 billion of annual sales in 2015. Most recently, he headed all clinical development of Transcend Medical’s (acquired by Alcon) micro-stent for glaucoma. Dr. Ianchulev’s clinical experience, combined with development and commercial work in both biopharmaceuticals and medical devices make him ideally suited to lead Eyenovia. Dr. Ianchulev is a graduate of Harvard Medical School and has an MPH degree from the Harvard School of Public Health.
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition to Dr. Ianchulev, the management team has other professionals with deep engineering, clinical trial, regulatory and commercial experience in ophthalmology. Our management team is supported by our Board of Directors, which has extensive professional experience in strategic development, executive, operational and financial leadership in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries, including several successful ophthalmology companies.
Corporate Information
We were organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Florida on March 12, 2014 under the name “PGP Holdings V, Inc.” On May 5, 2014, we changed our name to Eyenovia, Inc. On October 6, 2014, we reincorporated in the State of Delaware by merging into Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive office is located at 501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1404, New York, NY 10017, and our phone number is 917-289-1117. Our website is http://www.eyenovialab.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data in this prospectus;

an exception from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. For example, we intend to take advantage of the reduced reporting requirements with respect to disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements, have presented only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus, and have taken advantage of the exemption from auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. To the extent that we take advantage of these reduced reporting burdens, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might obtain from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Offering
Common stock to be offered by us
    shares
Common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering
     shares
Option to purchase additional shares
We have granted to the underwriters the option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to     additional shares of our common stock.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock sold in this offering will be approximately $     million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to (i) complete Phase III clinical trials for MicroProst and MicroStat, (ii) complete MicroTears registration activities, (iii) complete scale-up engineering and manufacturing for pivotal trials and FDA approval, (iv) complete formulation work for each development program and (iv) for general corporate purposes, including working capital. See the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”
Risk factors
You should read the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market
symbol
“EYEN”
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 9,624,488 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and excludes:

6,316,534 shares of our common stock underlying outstanding options to purchase common stock with a weighted average exercise price of  $0.45; and

183,466 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 17,400,772 shares of our common stock effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

no exercise of outstanding options; and

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Selected Financial Data
The following summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 have been derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of such financial data. You should read this data together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended,
December 31,
2017
2016
2016
2015
(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
Operating Expenses:
Research and development
$ 2,125,993 $ 1,985,536 $ 2,966,165 $ 2,783,200
General and administrative
842,959 391,945 568,775 1,486,401
Total Operating Expenses
2,968,952 2,377,481 3,534,940 4,269,601
Loss from Operations
(2,968,952) (2,377,481) (3,534,940) (4,269,601)
Other Income:
Interest income
1,396 921 1,497 2,412
Total Other Income
1,396 921 1,497 2,412
Net Loss
$ (2,967,556) $ (2,376,560) $ (3,533,443) $ (4,267,189)
Net Loss Per Share–Basic and Diluted
$ (0.35) $ (0.28) $ (0.42) $ (0.50)
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
Outstanding–Basic and Diluted
Diluted
8,514,906 8,500,000 8,500,000 8,500,000
As of
September 30,
2017
As of
December 31,
2016
2015
(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash
$ 7,406,034 $ 3,387,288 $ 2,492,611
Working capital
$ 6,946,806 $ 2,965,889 $ 2,385,621
Total assets
$ 7,689,230 $ 3,432,815 $ 2,818,319
Total liabilities
$ 7,003,720 $ 423,734 $ 419,823
Total stockholders' equity
$ 685,510 $ 3,009,081 $ 2,398,496
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR FINANCIAL POSITION AND NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL
We have incurred operating losses since our inception. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.
We have incurred operating losses of  $17.1 million since inception, have not generated any product sales revenue and have not achieved profitable operations. Our net losses were $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of  $17.1 million. We expect to continue to incur substantial losses in future periods while we continue to test and prepare our product candidates for the market. It could be several years, if ever, before we have a commercialized drug. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:

continue the ongoing and planned preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates;

initiate preclinical studies and clinical trials for any additional product candidates that we may pursue in the future;

seek marketing approvals for our current and future product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidate for which we may obtain marketing approval;

develop, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

implement operational, financial and management systems; and

attract, hire and retain additional administrative, clinical, regulatory and scientific personnel.
Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our potential products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business or continue our operations. In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability.
Our relatively short operating history may make it difficult for investors to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.
We are a clinical-stage company which commenced active operations in 2014. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital and developing our product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete a Phase III program, obtain regulatory approval, develop an in-house manufacturing facility, manufacture a
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.
In addition, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a product development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial and manufacturing activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.
Even if this offering is successful, we will need to raise additional funding in order to receive approval for our product candidates. Such funding may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate certain of our product development efforts or other operations.
We may require substantial additional funding in addition to the net proceeds of the offering to fund completion of our research and development activities. We also may require substantial funding to fund our commercialization efforts, operating expenses and other activities. If additional funds are not available, we may need to significantly scale back or cease our operations.
We will require substantial funds to discover, develop, protect and conduct research and development for our product candidates, including preclinical testing and clinical trials of any of our product candidates, and to manufacture and market any such product that may be approved for commercial sale. Even if we are successful in raising additional capital, such funds may prove to be insufficient for these activities. Our financing needs may change substantially because of research and development costs, competition, clinical trials and costs arising from additional regulatory approvals. We may not succeed in raising needed additional funds. The timing of our need for additional funds will depend on a number of factors, which factors are difficult to predict or may be outside of our control, including:

the resources, time and costs required to initiate and complete our research and development, to initiate and complete preclinical studies and clinical trials and to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates;

progress in our research and development programs;

the timing, receipt and amount of milestone, royalty and other payments from future collaborators, if any; and

costs necessary to protect our intellectual property.
If our estimates and predictions relating to any of these factors are incorrect, we may need to modify our operating plan. Additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, when needed.
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies.
Until such time as we can generate substantial product revenues, we may attempt to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings, government and/or other third-party grants or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, our investors’ ownership interest will be diluted. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail one or more clinical research or development programs, which would adversely impact potential revenues, results of operations and financial condition.
If we raise additional capital through future collaborations, strategic alliances or third-party licensing arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our intellectual property, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise develop and market ourselves.
If we are unable to use carryforward tax losses or benefit from favorable tax legislation to reduce our taxes, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
We have incurred significant net operating losses since our inception in July 2014. As of December 31, 2016, we had federal net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $7.2 million. State net operating losses are not materially different from the federal net operating losses. If we are unable to use carryforward tax losses to reduce our future taxable basis for corporate tax purposes, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
Net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities and may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities.
The federal and state income tax returns are generally subject to tax examinations. To the extent we have tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period. Any unfavorable tax adjustment could have a significant impact on our results of operations and future cash flows. Furthermore, if the U.S. government decides to eliminate, or reduce the scope or the rate of any tax benefit, either of which it could decide to do at any time, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
RISKS RELATED TO DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES
We may not be able to develop marketable products utilizing our technology and we may not be able to identify and successfully implement an alternative product development strategy.
The approach we have adopted to discover and develop product candidates is new and may never lead to marketable products. We have concentrated our efforts on developing therapeutic product candidates utilizing new advanced technology for drug delivery. To our knowledge, no person or company has developed any therapeutic product utilizing the same technology and no such ophthalmic micro-therapeutic product has been approved for marketing to date. We are leading a new field of ophthalmic micro-therapeutic research and development and the scientific discoveries that form the basis for our efforts to develop products are relatively new. The scientific evidence to support the feasibility of developing such products and treatments based on these discoveries is both preliminary and limited. Our focus solely on developing products utilizing our proprietary technology as opposed to more proven technology increases the risks associated with the offering. If we are unsuccessful in developing product candidates utilizing our technology, we may be required to change the scope and direction of our product development activities. If we are not able to identify and successfully implement an alternative product development strategy, our business may fail.
Ophthalmic micro-therapeutic research and development is a highly uncertain undertaking. Our development efforts may be delayed for any number of reasons, in which case potential marketing approval or commercialization of our proprietary technology could be delayed or prevented.
Our research and development activities to develop ophthalmic micro-therapeutics utilizing our proprietary technology may be impeded due to scientific or technological difficulties or our lack of complete understanding of the challenges. Our research and development activities may not give rise to a marketable product and we may not succeed in developing a marketable product in a timely manner or in accordance with our estimated budgets. Even if we are successful in developing such products, there is no certainty that our products, when developed, will be found to be sufficiently effective and safe for use to receive regulatory approval for marketing, which would adversely impact our potential revenues, results of operations and financial condition.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue would be materially impaired.
Our business depends on the success of our lead research and development programs which will require significant additional clinical testing before we can seek regulatory approval and potentially launch commercial sales. In addition, we do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. Our business and future success depends on our ability to obtain regulatory approval of and then successfully commercialize our lead product candidates. We are currently preparing for Phase III clinical trials and our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and successfully commercialize, products will depend on several factors, including the following:

further ascertaining the FDA’s expectations with respect to the nonclinical and clinical testing requirements across the development programs;

successful completion of our current clinical trials or other clinical trials, which will depend substantially upon the satisfactory performance of third-party contractors;

successful achievement of the objectives of planned clinical trials, including manufacturability qualification of devices;

receipt of marketing approvals from the FDA, and similar regulatory authorities outside the U.S.;

establishing commercial manufacturing and supply arrangements;

establishing a manufacturing and commercial infrastructure;

acceptance of the products by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

establishing market share while competing with other therapies;

successfully executing our pricing and reimbursement strategy;

a continued acceptable safety and adverse event profile of the products following regulatory approval; and

qualifying for, identifying, registering, maintaining, enforcing and defending intellectual property rights and claims covering the products.
Our business strategy is to develop several pipeline product candidates over the next approximately two to three years which will require additional clinical and nonclinical development, regulatory review and approval in multiple jurisdictions, substantial investment, access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, and we may never receive such regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. If we are unable to develop or receive marketing approval in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to commercialize the product, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may encounter substantial delays in or failure of our clinical trials.
If the clinical trials that we are required to conduct to gain regulatory approval are delayed or unsuccessful, we may not be able to market our prospective product candidates.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We may experience delays in any phase of the development and commercial launch of product candidates, including during research and development and clinical trials. Implementing a clinical trial is time-consuming and expensive, and the outcome of any clinical trial is uncertain. The completion of any of these clinical trials may be delayed or halted for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

the FDA, institutional review boards, or IRB, the European Union regulatory authorities, or the European Medicines Agency, and national authorities, or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or place a clinical trial on hold;

patients do not enroll in a clinical trial or results from patients are not received at the expected rate;

patients discontinue participation in a clinical trial prior to the scheduled endpoint set forth in the clinical protocol at a higher than expected rate, especially if such discontinuations interfere with our ability to assess the efficacy of our drug candidate;

patients experience adverse events from our treatment;

patients get hurt during a clinical trial for a variety of reasons that may or may not be related to our product candidates, including the advanced stage of their disease and other medical problems;

third-party clinical investigators do not perform the clinical trials in accordance with the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol and good clinical practices or other third-party organizations do not perform data collection and analysis in a timely or accurate manner;

enrollment and sample size of our clinical trials may be substantially different than estimated which may lead to longer timelines and larger expenses;

third-party clinical investigators engage in activities that, even if not directly associated with our clinical trials, result in their debarment, loss of licensure, or other legal or regulatory sanction;

regulatory inspections of manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend the clinical trials;

changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;

the interim results of the clinical trial, if any, are inconclusive or negative; and

the study design, although approved and completed, is inadequate to demonstrate effectiveness and safety.
Our dependence upon clinical trials in developing product candidates may impede them from reaching advanced stages of development, and might prevent all or part of our commercial operations. To date, the aforementioned situations regarding potential delays in research and development activities and clinical trials have yet to occur in a manner which adversely affects our research and development activities.
Our product candidates are based on a novel technology, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of development and of subsequently obtaining regulatory approval.
Human clinical trials are expensive, time-consuming and difficult to design and implement, in part because they are subject to rigorous regulatory requirements. Because our product candidates are based on new technologies, we expect that such human clinical trials will require extensive research and development and have substantial manufacturing and processing costs. Accordingly, our clinical trial costs could be significantly higher than other conventional therapeutic technologies or drug products.
We may find it difficult to enroll an adequate number of patients in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent us from proceeding with clinical trials of our product candidates.
Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in our clinical trials is critical to our success. Patient enrollment depends on many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the design of the clinical protocol,
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the availability of competing clinical trials, the availability of new drugs approved for the indication the clinical trial is investigating, and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies. Any inability to locate and enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays, could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether and could delay or prevent our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may also result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.
In addition, any negative results we may report in clinical trials of our product candidate may make it difficult or impossible to recruit and retain patients in other clinical trials of that same product candidate. Delays in the enrollment for any clinical trial of our product candidates will increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval process and delay or potentially jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. In addition, some of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.
Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.
If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon our development or limit development to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Any serious adverse or undesirable side effects identified during the development of our product candidates, could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in the denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities for any or all targeted indications, and in turn prevent us from commercializing our product candidates and generating revenues from their sale. In addition, if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval and we or others later identify undesirable adverse effects caused by the product, we could face one or more of the following consequences:

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a boxed warning or a contraindication, or other safety labeling changes;

regulatory authorities may require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or a REMS;

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

regulatory authorities may seize the product;

we may be required to change the way that the product is administered, or conduct additional clinical trials or we may need to recall the product;

we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims fines, injunctions or criminal penalties; and

our reputation may suffer.
If the market opportunities for our future product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our product revenues may be adversely affected and our business may suffer.
We are currently focusing our research and product development efforts on our glaucoma, pupil dilation and dry eye products. Our understanding of both the number of people who have these needs, as well as the subset of people who have the potential to benefit from our product candidates, are based on estimates in published literature. While we believe these estimates are reasonable, they may prove to be incorrect and new studies may reduce the estimated incidence or prevalence of glaucoma and dry eyes and the need for pupil dilation. The number of patients in the U.S., the European Union and elsewhere may
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
turn out to be lower than expected or these patients may not be otherwise amenable to our product candidates or may become increasingly difficult to identify and access, all of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The commercial success of our product candidates will depend on the degree of market acceptance among ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients, patient advocacy groups, third-party payors and the medical community.
Even if we receive regulatory approval to market our product candidates, our product candidates may not gain market acceptance upon their commercial introduction, which could prevent us from becoming profitable.
We may have difficulties convincing the medical community, third-party payors and consumers to accept and use any of our product candidates that may be approved for commercialization in the future. Other factors that we believe will affect market acceptance of our product candidates include:

the timing of our receipt of any marketing approvals, the terms of any approvals and the countries in which approvals are obtained;

safety, efficacy and ease of administration of our product candidates;

the success of physician education programs;

the availability of government and third-party payor reimbursement;

the pricing of our product candidates, particularly as compared to alternative treatment methods and medications;

the extent to which alternative treatment methods and medications are more readily available as compared to the availability of any product candidates that we may develop in the future; and

the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects.
We face significant competition in an environment of rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully market or commercialize our product candidates.
The specialty pharma market is highly competitive. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products, new treatment methods and new technologies, we may be unable to commercialize any therapeutic products that we may develop in the future.
The specialty pharma market is subject to rapid technological change and is significantly affected by existing rival products and medical procedures, new product introductions and the market activities of other participants. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and other public and private research organizations may pursue the research and development of technologies, drugs or other therapeutic products for the treatment of some or of the diseases we are targeting. We may also face competition from products which have already been approved and accepted by the medical community for the treatment of these same indications.
As a result of any of the foregoing factors, our competitors may develop or commercialize products with significant advantages over any therapeutic products that we may develop. If our competitors are more successful in commercializing their products than we are, their success could adversely affect our competitive position and harm our business prospects.
Even if we are able to commercialize any of the product candidates that we may develop, the product may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which could harm our business.
Our ability to commercialize our therapeutic products successfully will depend, in part, on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government healthcare programs, private health insurers, managed care plans and other organizations.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
However, any therapeutic products we may develop could become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives in the U.S. or other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect the profitability of our business.
The regulations that govern pricing for new medical products vary widely from country to country. As a result, we might obtain regulatory approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subjected to pricing regulations in that country that delay the commercial launch of the product and negatively impact the revenues able to be generated from the sale of the product in that country. In addition, our ability to commercialize any approved products successfully will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for these products will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Even if we succeed in bringing one or more therapeutic products to market, these products may not be considered cost-effective, and the amount reimbursed for any products may be insufficient to allow their sale on a competitive basis. If the price we are able to charge for therapeutic products is inadequate in light of our development and other costs, our profitability could be adversely affected.
If we fail to establish an effective distribution process our business may be adversely affected.
We have limited experience in the sale, marketing and distribution of drug products. To achieve commercial success for the product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval, we will need to establish and maintain adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, either ourselves or through collaborations or other arrangements with third parties. Failure to secure contracts with wholesalers could negatively impact the distribution of our potential products, and failure to coordinate financial systems could negatively impact our ability to accurately report product revenue. If we are unable to effectively establish and manage the distribution process, the commercial launch and sales of our potential products may be delayed or severely compromised and our results of operations may be harmed.
We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.
We are exposed to the risk of claims seeking monetary damages being filed against us for loss or harm suffered by participants of our clinical trials or for loss or harm suffered by users of any drug that may receive approval for commercialization in the future. In either event, the FDA or the regulatory authorities of other countries or regions may commence investigations of the safety and effectiveness of any such clinical trial or commercialized drug, the manufacturing processes and facilities or marketing programs utilized in respect of any such clinical trial or drug. Such investigations may result in mandatory or voluntary recalls of any commercialized drug or other significant enforcement action such as limiting the indications for which any such drug may be used, or suspension or withdrawal of approval for any such drug. Investigations by the FDA or any other regulatory authority in other countries or regions also could delay or prevent the completion of any of our other clinical development programs. Our insurance policies may not fully cover the risk of loss associated with our operations. In the event that we are required to pay damages for any such claim, we may be forced to seek bankruptcy or to liquidate because our asset and revenue base may be insufficient to satisfy the payment of damages and any insurance that we have obtained or may obtain for product or clinical trial liability may not provide sufficient coverage against potential liabilities.
Product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources and could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we develop.
We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the use of our product candidates that we develop in human clinical trials. We face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we develop;

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

substantial monetary awards to clinical trial participants or patients;

loss of revenue;

reduced time and attention of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

the inability to commercialize any products that we develop.
Our insurance policies may not fully cover liabilities that we may incur in the event of a product liability lawsuit. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials. We will need to further increase our insurance coverage if we commence commercialization of any of the product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.
RISKS RELATED TO REGULATORY APPROVAL OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES AND OTHER LEGAL COMPLIANCE MATTERS
If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we may not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue would be materially impaired.
Any product candidates we may develop will be subject to extensive and burdensome governmental regulations relating to development, clinical trials, manufacturing and commercialization. Rigorous preclinical testing and clinical trials and extensive regulatory approval processes are required to be successfully completed in the U.S. and in many foreign jurisdictions such as the European Union and Asia before a new product may be offered and sold in any of these countries or regions. Satisfaction of these and other regulatory requirements is costly, time-consuming, uncertain and subject to unanticipated delays.
In the U.S., the product candidates that we intend to develop and market are regulated by the FDA under its drug development and review process. The time required to obtain FDA and other approvals for our product candidates is unpredictable. Before such product candidates can be marketed, our investigational new drug application, or IND, must go into effect permitting the conduct of clinical trials, then we must successfully complete human testing under three phases of clinical trials and FDA must approve our new drug application, or NDA. Even after successful completion of clinical testing, there is a risk that the FDA may request further information from us, disagree with our findings or otherwise undertake a lengthy review of our submission.
It is possible that FDA will not approve any application that we may submit. It is possible that none of the product candidates that we may develop will obtain the appropriate regulatory approvals necessary for us to commence the offer and sale of such products. Any delay or failure in obtaining required approvals could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenues from a particular prospective product.
Failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed in such jurisdictions.
Because we intend to market any therapy that we may develop in jurisdictions in addition to the U.S., such as the European Union, we will likely incur the same costs or more in satisfying foreign regulatory requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing and commercialization of our product candidates. Approval by the FDA by itself does not assure approval by regulatory authorities outside the U.S. and approval by one regulatory authority outside the U.S. does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. Each of these foreign regulatory approval processes includes all of the risks associated with the FDA approval process, as
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
well as risks attributable to having to satisfy local regulations within each of these foreign jurisdictions. In addition, any failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries. Our inability to obtain regulatory approval outside the U.S. may adversely compromise our business prospects.
The terms of approvals, ongoing regulations and post-marketing restrictions for our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.
Once marketing approval has been granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure drugs are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling and regulatory requirements. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we do not restrict the marketing of our products only to their approved indications, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing. We, and any potential collaborators we may have in the future, must therefore comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our products for which we or our collaborators obtain marketing approval. Thus, if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our product, which could limit sales of the product.
In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, applicable to drug manufacturers, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We, any contract manufacturers we may engage in the future, our future collaborators and their contract manufacturers will also be subject to other regulatory requirements, including submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to clinicians, recordkeeping, and costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product such as the requirement to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy.
We may be subject to substantial penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products.
Violations of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, relating to the promotion or manufacturing of drug products may lead to investigations by the FDA, Department of Justice and state Attorney General alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws. In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

restrictions on product distribution or use;

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

warning letters;

withdrawal of the products from the market;

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

recall of products;

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

product seizure or detention; or

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
We are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws and health information privacy and security laws. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.
We are subject to U.S. federal and state and also foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations. Any finding of our failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our operations may be directly or indirectly affected by various broad U.S. federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws. These include the U.S. federal anti-kickback statute, which prohibits any person from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce the referring, ordering, leasing, purchasing or arranging for or recommending the ordering, purchasing or leasing of an item or service, for which payment may be made under U.S. federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The U.S. federal anti-kickback statute is very broad in scope, and many of its provisions have not been uniformly or definitively interpreted by existing case law or regulations. In addition, many states have adopted laws similar to the U.S. federal anti-kickback statute, and some of these laws are broader than that statute in that their prohibitions are not limited to items or services paid for by a U.S. federal healthcare program but, instead, apply regardless of the source of payment. Violations of these laws could result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.
Additionally, our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which may expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, program exclusion, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.
Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we plan to market, sell and distribute products for which we obtain marketing approval.
Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and federal and state laws may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, thus complicating compliance efforts.
Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.
Recently enacted and future legislation may affect our ability to commercialize and the prices we obtain for any products that are approved in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions.
In the U.S. and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could affect our ability to profitably sell
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
or commercialize our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. The pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and have been significantly affected by legislative initiatives. Current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any FDA approved product.
In the U.S., the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for clinician administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the Medicare Modernization Act applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.
In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our business, including, without limitation, our ability to commercialize and the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates and that are approved for sale, are the following:

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic products;

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which participating manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated drug prices during the coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the federal False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the addition of new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; and

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
With the new Administration and Congress, there may be additional legislative changes, including potentially repeal and replacement of certain provisions of the ACA. It remains to be seen, however, whether new legislation will be enacted and, if so, precisely what any new legislation could provide and what impact it will have on the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. For example, it is possible that any repeal and replacement initiatives, if enacted into law, could ultimately result in fewer individuals having health insurance coverage or in individuals having insurance coverage with less generous benefits. The timing and scope of any potential future legislation to repeal and replace ACA provisions is highly uncertain in many respects.
Accordingly, such reforms, if enacted, could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain marketing approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop or commercialize product candidates. We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and/or the level of reimbursement physicians receive for administering any approved product we might bring to market. Reductions in reimbursement levels may negatively impact the prices we receive or the frequency with which any products we may develop are prescribed or administered. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.
The costs of prescription pharmaceuticals in the U.S. has also been the subject of considerable discussion in the U.S., and members of Congress and the Administration have stated that they will address such costs through new legislative and administrative measures. The pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is also subject to governmental control outside the U.S. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our ability to generate revenues and become profitable could be impaired.
If third-party manufacturers fail to comply with manufacturing regulations, our financial results and financial condition may be adversely affected.
We currently rely on a combination of internal manufacturing capacity and third-party manufacturers to produce the product candidates for our clinical trials. If we commence additional clinical trials for any of our product candidates, our ability to complete such clinical trials successfully and to apply for and obtain regulatory approval for marketing will depend upon such third-party manufacturers’ consistent production of a product candidate of a defined quality for all phases of clinical testing and for commercial production in accordance with cGMP. Our third party manufacturers’ inability to satisfy the chemistry, manufacturing and control concerns of regulatory bodies such as the FDA would either prevent us from completing clinical trials or prevent us from obtaining regulatory approval for marketing, either of which would significantly compromise our business prospects.
We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, be precluded from developing manufacturing and selling certain products outside the U.S. or be required to develop and implement costly compliance programs, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. Compliance with the FCPA, in particular, is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.
We may in the future operate in jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted. If we expand our operations outside of the U.S., we will need to dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate.
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the U.S., and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. In addition, various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the U.S., or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the U.S., it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the U.S., which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.
We may not be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. The Securities and Exchange Commission also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions. Any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND MANAGING GROWTH
We are highly dependent on the services of our senior management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev, and if we are not able to retain these members of our management team or recruit and retain additional management, clinical and scientific personnel, our business will be harmed.
We are highly dependent on our senior management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Ianchulev. The employment agreements we have with these officers do not prevent such persons from terminating their employment with us at any time. The loss of the services of any of these persons could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.
In addition, we are dependent on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified additional management, clinical and scientific personnel. If we are not able to retain our management and to attract, on acceptable terms, additional qualified personnel necessary for the continued development of our business, we may not be able to sustain our operations or grow.
We may not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel and consultants have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates and consultants than what we have to
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
offer. If we are unable to continue to attract, retain and motivate high-quality personnel and consultants to accomplish our business objectives, the rate and success at which we can discover and develop drug candidates and our business will be limited and we may experience constraints on our development objectives.
Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate newly hired executive officers into our management team and our ability to develop an effective working relationship among senior management. Our failure to integrate these individuals and create effective working relationships among.
We have limited corporate infrastructure, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.
As of December 15, 2017, we have seven employees and rely (and anticipate continuing to rely) heavily on third-party contractors for the provision of professional and other services. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial, legal and other resources. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day operations and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, operational inefficiencies, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of our current and potential future drug candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and grow revenue could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance, our ability to commercialize drug candidates, develop a scalable infrastructure and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.
Our employees, third-party clinical investigators, consultants, licensors and strategic partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.
We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, third-party clinical investigators, consultants, licensors and strategic partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or the regulations applicable in other jurisdictions, provide accurate information to the FDA and other regulatory authorities, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct also could involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or interactions with the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from government investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.
We rely upon information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cyber security incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.
Our business operations could suffer in the event of system failure. Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our contract research organizations, and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and further development of our product candidates could be delayed.
We could be impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings, including a current litigation seeking to recover damages from us in connection with our purchase of assets from Corinthian Ophthalmic, Inc.
On October 10, 2014, Eyenovia entered into an asset purchase agreement and plan of reorganization with Corinthian Ophthalmic, Inc., or Corinthian, pursuant to which Corinthian sold its intellectual property portfolio and related assets to us for 5,421,102 shares of our Series A preferred stock and 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. A shareholder of Corinthian alleging a fraudulent transfer, is seeking to recover the purchase price of its Corinthian shares and other damages and named our Chief Executive Officer and members of our Board of Directors as defendants in a legal proceeding that has not yet been fully resolved in connection with our asset purchase from Corinthian. We are indemnified by Corinthian in this litigation and Corinthian’s applicable insurance policy provides coverage of  $10,000,000. As a result, we do not expect to incur a material loss as a result of this litigation.
However, litigation results are inherently unpredictable and regardless of the merit of the allegations, litigations are expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations and distracting to management and may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
We have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accountant is not required to provide an attestation report as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.
We may be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by our management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This assessment will need to include disclosures of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.
A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we determined that our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective, and that there was a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, due to insufficient segregation of duties in our finance and accounting function because of our limited personnel. We currently have seven employees and rely (and anticipate continuing to rely) heavily on third-party contractors for the provision of professional and other services. This resulted in not ensuring appropriate segregation of duties between incompatible functions, and made it more difficult to ensure that financial information is adequately analyzed and reviewed on a timely basis to detect misstatements. These above deficiencies represent a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting given that they result in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements would not have been prevented or detected.
We have begun evaluating and implementing additional procedures to improve the segregation of duties, however, because of our limited resources we cannot assure that these or other measures will fully remediate the deficiencies or material weakness described above in a timely manner. We intend to address the weakness identified above by increasing the oversight and review procedures of the board of directors with regard to financial reporting, financial processes and procedures and internal control procedures; and when funding is available, hiring additional finance and accounting personnel. Nevertheless, there can be no assurances that we will have enough financial resources to remedy our current material weaknesses and significant deficiencies. If we are unable to remediate the material weakness, or otherwise maintain effective
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately, prevent fraud or file our periodic reports in a timely manner. We cannot assure you that we have identified all of our existing significant deficiencies and material weaknesses, or that we will not in the future have additional significant deficiencies or material weaknesses.
Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the recently enacted JOBS Act, if we take advantage (as we expect to do) of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30th before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31st. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting in the future.
Any of the foregoing occurrences, should they come to pass, could negatively impact the public perception of our company, which could have a negative impact on our stock price.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES
We have limited clinical trial experience. We may rely upon third parties in conducting our clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such clinical trials.
We have limited experience in conducting and managing the clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates. We may rely on third parties for clinical development activities. Any reliance on third parties would reduce our control over these activities but would not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we would remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the clinical trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. We are also required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions. If we engage third parties and they do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we may not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be required to replace them, which may delay the affected clinical trial.
We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for clinical trials and expect to continue to do so in connection with the potential commercialization of our product candidates and for clinical trials and commercialization of any other product candidates that we develop or may develop. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.
We do not currently operate manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of our product candidates. We rely on a number of third parties for the supply of parts, formulations, active pharmaceutical ingredients, and other materials required for our manufacturing, research and development activities. If we were unable to reach agreements with these third parties, or if we were unable to maintain contractual relationships with these third parties, our research and development activities would be delayed.
We rely on third parties to provide the materials required for our research and development activities. Obtaining these materials requires various approvals as well as reaching a purchase or commercial
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
agreement on acceptable terms with the provider of the materials. We may not be able to reach agreements with a sufficient number of suppliers or do so on acceptable terms. If we are unable to reach acceptable agreements with a sufficient number of suppliers of materials, our research and development activities will be delayed and our ability to implement our business plan will be compromised.
Our manufacturing process is a complicated and expensive and it requires months of advance planning. We rely on a limited number of manufacturers for our supply. If we were unable to acquire the necessary amount of deliverables to complete our clinical trials, our progress could be delayed substantially.
Additional potential risks related to reliance on third-party manufacturers include:

manufacturing delays if our third-party manufacturers give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of their agreements with us;

delays in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates, if our third-party manufacturers fail to satisfy or comply with regulatory requirements;

the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

product loss due to contamination, equipment failure or improper installation or operation of equipment or operator error;

the failure of the third-party manufacturer to comply with applicable regulatory requirements; and

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.
We have no manufacturing capacity or experience and anticipate reliance on third-party manufacturers for the development and commercialization of our product candidates in accordance with manufacturing regulations.
In order to develop product candidates, apply for regulatory approvals and commercialize our product candidates, we will need to develop, contract for or otherwise arrange for the necessary manufacturing capabilities. We have no manufacturing experience or resources and must incur significant costs to develop this expertise or rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates. Manufacturing of the product candidates must comply with the cGMP requirements set forth in FDA’s regulations. The manufacturing process for our product candidates is an element of the FDA approval process and we will need to contract with manufacturers who can satisfy the FDA requirements on an ongoing basis before seeking to obtain FDA approval. In addition, if we receive the necessary regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we also expect to rely on third parties, including our collaborators, to manufacture our products in quantities sufficient for commercial marketing. We may experience difficulty in obtaining adequate and timely manufacturing capacity for clinical trials and commercial needs. If we are unable to obtain or maintain contract manufacturing for our product candidates, or are unable to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates.
If we, our service providers or our third-party manufacturers fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.
If we, our service providers, or any third-party manufacturers fail to comply with laws regulating the protection of the environment and health and human safety, we could be subject to enforcement actions and our business prospects could be adversely affected.
Our research and development activities, and the research and development activities of our service providers and third-party manufacturers, may involve the use of hazardous materials and chemicals or the maintenance of various flammable and toxic chemicals. Failure to adequately handle and dispose of these
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
materials could lead to liabilities for resulting damages, which could be substantial. We also may be subject to numerous environmental, health and workplace safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures, exposure to blood-home pathogens and the handling of bio-hazardous materials.
If we, our service providers, or any third-party manufacturers fail to comply with applicable federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, we could be subject to enforcement actions, which could adversely affect our ability to develop, market and sell our product candidates successfully and could harm our reputation and lead to reduced acceptance of our product candidates. These enforcement actions may include:

restrictions on, or prohibitions against, marketing our product candidates;

restrictions on importation of our product candidates;

suspension of review or refusal to approve new or pending applications;

suspension or withdrawal of product approvals;

product seizures;

injunctions; and

civil and criminal penalties and fines.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND POTENTIAL LITIGATION
Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology.
Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection in the U.S. and other countries with respect to our proprietary product candidates. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may be able to erode, negate or preempt any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. To protect our proprietary position, we file patent applications in the U.S. and abroad related to our novel product candidates that are important to our business. The patent application and approval process is expensive and time-consuming and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.
If the scope of the patent protection we obtain is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to prevent others from developing and commercializing technology and products similar or identical to ours. The degree of patent protection we require to successfully compete in the marketplace may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, contractors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. In addition, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the U.S. and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.
The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of our patent rights may be uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or product candidates or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and product candidates. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. In addition, changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the U.S. and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the U.S. For example, patent laws in various jurisdictions, including significant commercial markets such as Europe, restrict the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than U.S. law does.
Some of our future patents and patent applications may be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third party co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we would need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our patents in order to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Furthermore, we, or any future partners, collaborators, or licensees, may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Our patents covering our proprietary technology maybe subject to challenge, narrowing, circumvention and invalidation by third parties.
Any of our patents may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the U.S. and abroad. We may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant and inter partes review, or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge priority of invention or other features of patentability. Such challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.
In addition, our competitors and other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. For example, a third party may develop a competitive therapy that provides benefits similar to our product candidates but that uses a technology that falls outside the scope of our patent protection. Our competitors may also seek approval to market generic versions of any approved products and in connection with seeking such approval may claim that our patents are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, or both, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable, or that our competitors are competing in a non-infringing manner. Thus, even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives. If the patent protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is not sufficiently broad to impede such competition, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates could be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We cannot be sure that we were the first to make the technologies claimed in our patents or patent applications or that we were the first to file for patent protection.
Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the U.S., the first to
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the U.S. and other jurisdictions are not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Similarly, we cannot be certain that parties from whom we may license or purchase patent rights were the first to make relevant claimed inventions, or were the first to file for patent protection for them. If third parties have filed patent applications on inventions claimed in our patents or applications on or before March 15, 2013, an interference proceeding in the U.S. can be initiated by such third parties to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. If third parties have filed such applications after March 15, 2013, a derivation proceeding in the U.S. can be initiated by such third parties to determine whether our invention was derived from theirs.
The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining patents for which we have applied.
Pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our future development partners will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case;

the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance;

patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

patents that may be issued or in-licensed may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, narrowed, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use, and sell our potential product candidates;

there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the U.S. for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns; and

countries other than the U.S. may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates.
Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
It is difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.
Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection for the composition, use and structure of our products and product candidates, the methods used to manufacture them, the related therapeutic targets and associated methods of treatment as
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
well as on successfully defending these patents against potential third-party challenges. Our ability to protect our products and product candidates from unauthorized making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing by third parties is dependent on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities.
The ultimate determination by the USPTO or by a court or other trier of fact in the U.S., or corresponding foreign national patent offices or courts, on whether a claim meets all requirements of patentability cannot be assured. Although we have conducted searches for third-party publications, patents and other information that may affect the patentability of claims in our various patent applications and patents, we cannot be certain that all relevant information has been identified. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or patent applications, in our licensed patents or patent applications or in third-party patents.
We cannot provide assurances that any of our patent applications will be found to be patentable, including over our own prior art patents, or will issue as patents. Neither can we make assurances as to the scope of any claims that may issue from our pending and future patent applications nor to the outcome of any proceedings by any potential third parties that could challenge the patentability, validity or enforceability of our patents and patent applications in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions. Any such challenge, if successful, could limit patent protection for our products and product candidates and/or materially harm our business.
The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

we may not be able to generate sufficient data to support full patent applications that protect the entire breadth of developments in one or more of our programs;

it is possible that one or more of our pending patent applications will not become an issued patent or, if issued, that the patent(s) will be insufficient to protect our technology, provide us with a basis for commercially viable products or provide us with any competitive advantages;

if our pending applications issue as patents, they may be challenged by third parties as not infringed, invalid or unenforceable under U.S. or foreign laws; or

if issued, the patents under which we hold rights may not be valid or enforceable.
In addition, to the extent that we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for one of our products or product candidates or in the event that such patent protection expires, it may no longer be cost-effective to extend our portfolio by pursuing additional development of a product or product candidate for follow-on indications. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects
Obtaining and maintaining patent protection of our technologies depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the U.S. in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Under the terms of some of our licenses, we do not have the ability to maintain or prosecute patents in the portfolio, and must therefore rely on third parties to comply with these requirements. Failure by us or our licensors to maintain protection of our patent portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition, it is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, or requests for patent term adjustments. If we fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If any of our present or future partners, collaborators, licensees, or licensors, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our patents or patent applications, such patents may be invalid and/or unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time and if we do not obtain protection under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar non-U.S.legislation for extending the term of patents covering each of our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the U.S., the natural expiration of a patent is generally twenty years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available, however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with adequate and continuing patent protection sufficient to exclude others from commercializing products similar to our product candidates.
Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar legislation in the EU. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we may not receive an extension if we fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for that product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Changes to the patent law in the U.S. and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.
As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Recent patent reform legislation in the U.S., including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The America Invents Act was signed into law on September 16, 2011, and many of the substantive changes became effective on March 16, 2013. The America Invents Act reforms U.S. patent law in part by changing the U.S. patent system from a “first to invent” system to a “first inventor to file” system, expanding the definition of prior art, and developing a post-grant review system. This legislation changed U.S. patent law in a way that may weaken our ability to obtain patent protection in the U.S. for those applications filed after March 16, 2013.
Further, the America Invents Act created new procedures to challenge the validity of issued patents in the U.S., including post-grant review and inter partes review proceedings, which some third parties have
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
been using to cause the cancellation of selected or all claims of issued patents of competitors. For a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later, a petition for post-grant review can be filed by a third party in a nine month window from issuance of the patent. A petition for inter partes review can be filed immediately following the issuance of a patent if the patent has an effective filing date prior to March 16, 2013. A petition for inter partes review can be filed after the nine month period for filing a post-grant review petition has expired for a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later. Post-grant review proceedings can be brought on any ground of invalidity, whereas inter partes review proceedings can only raise an invalidity challenge based on published prior art and patents. These adversarial actions at the USPTO review patent claims without the presumption of validity afforded to U.S. patents in lawsuits in U.S. federal courts, and use a lower burden of proof than used in litigation in U.S. federal courts. Therefore, it is generally considered easier for a competitor or third party to have a U.S. patent invalidated in a USPTO post-grant review or inter partes review proceeding than invalidated in a litigation in a U.S. federal court. If any of our patents are challenged by a third party in such a USPTO proceeding, there is no guarantee that we or our licensors or collaborators will be successful in defending the patent, which would result in a loss of the challenged patent right to us.
In addition, recent court rulings in cases such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., BRCA1- & BRCA2-Based Hereditary Cancer Test Patent Litigation, Promega Corp. v. Life Technologies Corp. and Abbvie Deutschland GmbH v. Janssen Biotech, Inc. have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. Any changes to patent law in the U.S. or other jurisdictions that impairs our ability to protect our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Filing, prosecuting, enforcing and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the U.S. can be less extensive than those in the U.S. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries; thus, even in countries where we do pursue patent protection, there can be no assurance that any patents will issue with claims that cover our products.
Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, laws of some countries outside of the U.S. and Europe do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. and Europe. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, including India, China and other developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain countries outside the U.S. and Europe. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop and market their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, if our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
Agreements through which we license patent rights may not give us sufficient rights to permit us to pursue enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents (or control of enforcement or defense) of such patent rights in all relevant jurisdictions as requirements may vary.
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. Moreover, such proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in major markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Others may claim an ownership interest in our intellectual property and proprietary technologies which could expose us to litigation and have a significant adverse effect on our prospects.
A third party may claim an ownership interest in one or more of our or our, or our licensors’, patents or other proprietary or intellectual property rights. A third party could bring legal actions against us and seek monetary damages and/or enjoin clinical testing, manufacturing and marketing of the affected product or products. While we are presently unaware of any claims or assertions by third-parties with respect to our patents or other intellectual property, we cannot guarantee that a third party will not assert a claim or an interest in any of such patents or intellectual property. If we become involved in any litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of our resources, and cause a significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. If any of these actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, we could be required to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market the affected product, in which case we may be required to pay substantial royalties or grant cross-licenses to our patents. We cannot, however, assure you that any such license will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations as a result of claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights. Further, the outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance, including the demeanor and credibility of witnesses and the identity of any adverse party. This is especially true in intellectual property cases that may turn on the testimony of experts as to technical facts upon which experts may reasonably disagree. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
If we are sued for infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating intellectual property rights of third parties, such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our product candidates.
Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates without infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may have U.S. and non-U.S. issued patents and pending patent applications relating to compounds, methods of manufacturing compounds and/or methods of use for the treatment of the disease indications for which we are developing our product candidates that may cover our product candidates or approach to complement inhibition. If any third-party patents or patent applications are found to cover our product candidates or their methods of use or manufacture, or our approach to complement inhibition, we may not be free to manufacture or market our product candidates as planned without obtaining a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates, including interference and post-grant proceedings before the USPTO. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the composition, use or manufacture of our product candidates. We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses including, but not limited to, the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
we have identified each and every patent and pending application in the U.S. and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may be accused of infringing. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Accordingly, third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on intellectual property rights that exist now or arise in the future. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use or manufacture. The scope of protection afforded by a patent is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the U.S., proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our business and operating results. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.
If we are found to infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing or commercializing the infringing product candidate or product. Alternatively, we may be required to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing product candidate or product. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us; alternatively or additionally it could include terms that impede or destroy our ability to compete successfully in the commercial marketplace. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property and proprietary technology.
Many of our current and former employees and our licensors’ current and former employees, including our senior management, were previously employed at universities or at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including some which may be competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or products. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
In addition, while we typically require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, which may result in claims by or against us related to the
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ownership of such intellectual property. If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our senior management and scientific personnel. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.
Competitors may infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving one or more of our patents could limit our ability to assert those patents against those parties or other competitors, and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.
Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could adversely affect the price of our common shares. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings. Any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
If we fail to comply with our obligations under our existing and any future intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.
We may be reliant upon licenses to certain patent rights and proprietary technology form third parties that are important or necessary to the development of our product candidates. These and other licenses may not provide exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and products in the future. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all of our licenses. Our licensors may have relied on third party consultants or collaborators or funds from third parties such that our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents we in-license. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, the agreements under which we license patent rights may not give us control over patent prosecution or maintenance, so that we may not be able to control which claims or arguments are presented and may not be able to secure, maintain, or successfully enforce necessary or desirable patent protection from those patent rights. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
licensors will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents. Even if we are permitted to pursue such enforcement or defense, we will require the cooperation of our licensors, and cannot guarantee that we would receive it and on what terms. We cannot be certain that our licensors will allocate sufficient resources or prioritize their or our enforcement of such patents or defense of such claims to protect our interests in any licensed patents. If we cannot obtain patent protection, or enforce existing or future patents against third parties, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Further, the agreements under which we currently license intellectual property or technology to or from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we license prevent or impair our ability to maintain our licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under current and any future collaborative development relationships;

our diligence obligations under any license agreement and what activities satisfy such obligations;

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our license counterparties and us and our partners; and

the priority of invention of patented technology.
In spite of our best efforts, our license counterparties might conclude that we have materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, which may remove our ability to develop and commercialize the product candidates and technology covered by these license agreements. If any in-licenses are terminated, competitors would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical to ours. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain any additional licenses that we require at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our product candidates, technology, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects significantly. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be negatively impacted and our business would be harmed.
In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection for certain aspects of our intellectual property. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, contract manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with employees and certain consultants. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the outcome is unpredictable. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. Further, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such third party, or those to whom they communicate such technology or information, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our marks of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
Our trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We rely on both registration and common law protection for our trademarks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.
RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING AND OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK
After this offering, our management will maintain the ability to substantially influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.
Upon completion of this offering, assuming the sale by us of all of the shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus (other than shares subject to the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares), our management will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of our capital stock. As a result, they would be able to substantially influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons would substantially influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire or result in management of our company that our public stockholders disagree with.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time, subject to certain restrictions described below. These sales, or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding     shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of            , 2017, including shares of common stock to be issued upon automatic conversion of our preferred stock, all of which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, other than shares owned by our affiliates, which may be sold pursuant to Rule 144. However, the resale of an aggregate of      shares will be restricted as a result of lock-up agreements executed in conjunction with this offering, as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” sections of this prospectus. We may register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans on a Registration Statement on Form S-8. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus.
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of  $     per share, representing the difference between the assumed public offering price and our as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of      after giving effect to this offering. See “Dilution.”
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will rely, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If securities analysts do not commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock could decrease. Additionally, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.
The offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile due to many factors, including:

our ability to successfully proceed to and conduct clinical trials;

results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

the success of competitive products or technologies;

commencement or termination of collaborations;

regulatory or legal developments in the U.S. and other countries;

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates;

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

our inability to obtain or delays in obtaining adequate product supply for any approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.
An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.
We have broad discretion in the use of our cash, including the net proceeds from this offering, and may not use them effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of our cash, including the net proceeds from this offering, and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest our cash, including the net proceeds from this offering, in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies.
We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or grant licenses on terms unfavorable to us.
We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company: (i) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (iii) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (iv) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or become more volatile.
We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, we have not included all of the executive compensation information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on certain or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards.
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a smaller reporting public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a smaller reporting public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq have imposed various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.
For as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies as described in the preceding risk factor. We may remain an emerging growth company until the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any September 30 before that time or if we have annual gross revenues of  $1.07 billion or more in any fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of December 31 of the applicable year. We also would cease to be an emerging growth company if we issue more than $1 billion of nonconvertible debt over a three-year period.
Pursuant to Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
Provisions in our amended and restated corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
We intend to amend and restate our corporate charter and bylaws upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement. Provisions in our corporate charter, as amended, and our bylaws, as amended, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

establish a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;

allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board;

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors;

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;

limit who may call stockholder meetings;

authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a stockholder rights plan, or so-called “poison pill,” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and

require the approval of the holders of at least 80% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal certain provisions of our bylaws.
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains a number of  “forward-looking statements.” Specifically, all statements other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus regarding our financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management at the time these statements were made, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to management. When used in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “will,” “continue” and “intend,” and words or phrases of similar import, as they relate to our financial position, business strategy and plans, or objectives of management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current view with respect to future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions related to various factors.
You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in our periodic reports to be filed with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, could affect our future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements:

our clinical trials, including two Phase III clinical trials for MicroProst and MicroStat;

our ability to implement our business plan to commercialize our product candidates, if they are approved;

the timing of and our ability to submit applications for, obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for MicroProst, MicroStat, MicroTears, MicroPine and other product candidates;

our expectations regarding our ability to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements with our cash on hand and proceeds of this offering;

the potential advantages of our product candidates;

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our products;

our estimates regarding the potential market opportunity for our product candidates;

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

our intellectual property position;

our ability to identify additional products, product candidates or technologies with significant commercial potential that are consistent with our commercial objectives;

our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

our ability to attract key personnel;

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, timing of any future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

the impact of government laws and regulations;

our competitive position;

developments relating to our competitors and our industry;

our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional funding;

general or regional economic conditions;

changes in U.S. GAAP or in the legal, regulatory and legislative environments in the markets in which we operate; and

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Although we believe that our expectations (including those on which our forward-looking statements are based) are reasonable, we cannot assure you that those expectations will prove to be correct. Should any one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in our forward-looking statements as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected or intended.
Except for our ongoing obligations to disclose material information under the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or any other reason. All subsequent forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to herein. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein might not occur.
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
We obtained the industry, statistical and market data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. In presenting this information, we have made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the potential markets for our product candidates. Although we believe the data from these third-party sources is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of      shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $     million (or $     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), assuming an initial public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $     million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
As of September 30, 2017, we had cash of approximately $7.4 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, as follows:

Approximately $             to complete Phase III clinical trials for MicroProst;

Approximately $             to complete Phase III clinical trials for MicroStat;

Approximately $             to complete MicroTears registration activities;

Approximately $             to complete scale-up engineering and manufacturing for pivotal trials and FDA approval;

Approximately $             to complete formulation work for each development program; and

Approximately $             for working capital and general corporate purposes.
We believe that our current cash, along with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient for us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next 24 months.
The expected net proceeds of this offering will not be sufficient for us to fund commercialization of any of our product candidates (including marketing and sales) and we will need to raise substantial additional capital to complete the commercialization of our product candidates, as well as to establish an in-house manufacturing facility.
The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the progress of our preclinical and clinical trials and other development and commercialization efforts for our product candidates, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations. Although we have no present intention or commitment to do so, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, intellectual property or businesses that complement our business.
Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with complete certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2017:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the reclassification of proceeds related to the sale of Series B preferred stock from liability to equity upon the subsequent ratification of such issuance by the Company and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 17,400,772 shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and excluding any additional shares of common stock that may be issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. You should read this information together with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the headings “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of September 30, 2017
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Actual
Pro Forma
Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
(unaudited)
Non-Current Liabilities
$ 6,409,651 $ $
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 36,000,000 shares authorized;
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 20,000,000 shares designated, 10,996,614 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma or pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)
1,100
Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 5,714,286 shares designated, 2,958,100 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma or pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)
296
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000,000 shares designated, 0 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma or pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)
0
Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 60,000,000 shares
September, 9,624,488 shares issued and outstanding at
September 30, 2017, and      shares issued and outstanding
pro forma, and      shares issued and outstanding pro forma
as adjusted (unaudited)
962
Additional paid-in capital
17,781,907
Accumulated deficit
(17,098,755)
Total Stockholders’ Equity
685,510
Total Capitalization
$ 685,510 $ $
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $     million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The table above excludes the following:

6,316,534 shares of our common stock underlying outstanding options to purchase common stock with a weighted average exercise price of  $0.45; and

183,466 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.
As of September 30, 2017, our net tangible book value was approximately $0.7 million, or $0.07 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 was $     million, or $     per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of September 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 17,400,772 shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
After giving effect to the sale of      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been $     million, or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of  $     per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of  $     per share to new investors participating in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share
$
Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017
Pro forma decrease per share attributable to the pro forma transactions and other adjustments described above
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this
offering
$
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $     per share and the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $      per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $     per share and the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $      per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to     additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $     per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of  $     per share and immediate dilution to new investors participating in this offering of  $     per share assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
To the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2017, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
% $ % $
New public investors
$
Total
100% $ 100%
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to    % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to    % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

6,316,534 shares of our common stock underlying outstanding options to purchase common stock with a weighted average exercise price of  $0.45; and

183,466 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected statements of operation data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 have been derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of such financial data. You should read this data together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our operating results for the nine months ending September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended,
December 31,
2017
2016
2016
2015
(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
Operating Expenses:
Research and development
$ 2,125,993 $ 1,985,536 $ 2,966,165 $ 2,783,200
General and administrative
842,959 391,945 568,775 1,486,401
Total Operating Expenses
2,968,952 2,377,481 3,534,940 4,269,601
Loss from Operations
(2,968,952) (2,377,481) (3,534,940) (4,269,601)
Other Income:
Interest income
1,396 921 1,497 2,412
Total Other Income
1,396 921 1,497 2,412
Net Loss
$ (2,967,556) $ (2,376,560) $ (3,533,443) $ (4,267,189)
Net Loss Per Share–Basic and Diluted
$ (0.35) $ (0.28) $ (0.42) $ (0.50)
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
Outstanding–Basic and Diluted
Diluted
8,514,906 8,500,000 8,500,000 8,500,000
As of
September 30,
2017
As of
December 31,
2016
2015
(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash
$ 7,406,034 $ 3,387,288 $ 2,492,611
Working capital
$ 6,946,806 $ 2,965,889 $ 2,385,621
Total assets
$ 7,689,230 $ 3,432,815 $ 2,818,319
Total liabilities
$ 7,003,720 $ 423,734 $ 419,823
Total stockholders' equity
$ 685,510 $ 3,009,081 $ 2,398,496
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis is based on, and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains statements that are forward-looking. These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risk, uncertainties and other factors. These statements are often identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “estimate,” or “continue,” and similar expressions or variations. Actual results could differ materially because of the factors discussed in “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus, and other factors that we may not know.
Overview
We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of ophthalmology products utilizing our patented piezo-print technology to deliver micro-doses (6–8 µL) of active pharmaceutical ingredients, or micro-therapeutics, topically to the eye. This micro-dosing technology has the potential to replace traditional macro-dosing applications (e.g. conventional eye droppers) that routinely overdose or under-dose when used in the topical administration of ophthalmic therapeutics. We believe our micro-therapeutic product candidates may be able to achieve similar pharmacologic effects as traditional macro-dosing applications while reducing the adverse effects associated with these techniques. We have received written FDA feedback indicating that we can proceed to Phase III clinical trials for two of our lead programs: MicroProst, a novel micro-therapeutic latanoprost formulation for CACG, an indication with no FDA-approved drug treatments; and MicroStat, a fixed combination of micro-therapeutic phenylephrine-tropicamide formulation for mydriasis, also known as pupil dilation for use in eye exams. MicroTears, our OTC product candidate for dry eye, will not require Phase III clinical trials, and we plan to proceed with registration activities.
We have completed two Phase II clinical trials, treating more than 110 subjects, with results published in peer-reviewed literature. Applying multiple front-of-the-eye (the area in front of the lens) formulations in subjects for mydriasis, our piezo-print technology delivered microliter precision at the volume of the eye’s natural tear film capacity of 6–8 µL, which reduced ocular and systemic drug and preservative exposure when compared to eye drops, resulting in comparable efficacy with fewer side effects. We believe that these clinical trials support our advancement into late stage clinical trials utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway. We intend to use this pathway for future clinical trials in new indications with significant unmet needs. We plan to commence clinical trials for MicroProst and MicroStat in the second half of 2018, pending IND submission and FDA feedback.
We have not completed development of any product candidate and we have therefore not generated any revenues from product sales.
Historically, we have financed our operations principally through private placements of preferred stock. Although it is difficult to predict our liquidity requirements, based upon our current operating plan, and assuming the successful closing of this offering of common stock, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for the next 24 months. If we do not raise an aggregate of  $30 million or more from this offering, the proceeds would be insufficient to complete planned development and clinical trials for MicroStat, MicroTears and MicroProst.
Our net losses were $3.5 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our net losses were $3.0 million and $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of  $17.1 million.
Financial Overview
Revenue
We have not generated any revenue from product sales since our inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future. Our ability to generate revenues will depend heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our micro-therapeutic product candidates.
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses are incurred in connection with the research and development of our micro-therapeutics and consist primarily of contract service expenses. Given where we are in our life cycle, we do not separately track research and development expenses by project. Our research and development expenses consist of:

direct clinical and non-clinical expenses, which include expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, contract manufacturing organizations, and costs associated with preclinical activities, development activities and regulatory activities;

personnel-related expenses, which include expenses related to consulting agreements with individuals that have since entered into employment agreements with us as well as salaries and other compensation of employees that is attributable to research and development activities;

facilities and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, marketing, insurance and other supplies used in research and development activities; and

travel and entertainment expenses, which include travel and entertainment costs for consultants and employees that conduct and support clinical trials and preclinical studies.
We expense research and development costs as incurred. We record costs for some development activities, such as clinical trials, based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as subject enrollment, clinical site activations or other information our vendors provide to us.
We expect that our research and development expenses will increase with the continuation of the aforementioned initiatives.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of legal and other professional services, as well as non-cash stock-based compensation expense. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase during the remainder of 2017 and in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research and development and the potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also anticipate increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs associated with being a public company.
Results of Operations
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared with Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 totaled $2.1 million, an increase of approximately $0.1 million, or 7%, as compared to $2.0 million recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Research and development expenses consisted of the following:
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2017
2016
Direct clinical and non-clinical expenses
$ 1,820,737 $ 1,666,902
Personnel-related expenses
285,775 239,040
Facilities and other expenses
19,481 62,181
Travel and entertainment expenses
17,413
$ 2,125,993 $ 1,985,536
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The increase in direct clinical and non-clinical expenses is primarily due to an increase in contracted services as we expand our research and development activities.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 totaled $0.8 million, an increase of  $0.4 million, or 115%, as compared to the $0.4 million recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to increased non-cash stock-based compensation costs, expenses related to supplies and materials, and payroll expenses as compared to 2016.
Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2015
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled $3.0 million, an increase of approximately $0.2 million, or 7%, as compared to the $2.8 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015. Research and development expenses consisted of the following:
For the Year Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
Direct clinical and non-clinical expenses
$ 2,555,998 $ 2,039,900
Personnel-related expenses
318,720 318,720
Facilities and other expenses
72,119 363,130
Travel and entertainment expenses
19,328 61,450
$ 2,966,165 $ 2,783,200
The increase in direct clinical and non-clinical expenses is primarily due to an increase in contracted services as we expand our research and development activities. The decrease in facilities and other expenses was primarily due to higher research and development supplies purchased in 2015.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled $0.6 million, a decrease of  $0.9 million, or 62%, as compared to the $1.5 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to reduced non-cash stock-based compensation costs as compared to 2015.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since inception, we have experienced negative cash flows from operations. We have financed our operations primarily through sales of preferred stock. At September 30, 2017, our accumulated deficit since inception was approximately $17.1 million.
At September 30, 2017, we had total current assets of approximately $7.5 million and current liabilities of approximately $0.6 million, resulting in working capital of approximately $6.9 million. At September 30, 2017, we had total assets of approximately $7.7 million and total liabilities of approximately $7.0 million, resulting in stockholders’ equity of  $0.7 million.
At September 30, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had no debt outstanding.
At September 30, 2017, we had a cash and cash equivalents balance of approximately $7.4 million. We expect our current cash on hand to be sufficient to meet our operating and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of this filing. Thereafter, we will need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities, to support our future operations. Our operating needs include the planned costs to operate our business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
on many factors, including our ability to successfully commercialize our products and services, competing technological and market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings.
We believe that our current cash, along with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient for us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next 24 months.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, our sources and uses of cash were as follows:
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was approximately $3.2 million, which includes cash used to fund a net loss of approximately $3.5 million, partially offset by approximately $0.3 million of cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was approximately $3.8 million, which includes cash used to fund a net loss of approximately $4.3 million, reduced by non-cash charges of approximately $0.9 million, plus approximately $0.5 million of cash used to fund changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was approximately $2.7 million, which includes cash primarily used from a net loss of approximately $3.0 million, reduced by non-cash charges of approximately $0.2 million. Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was approximately $2.3 million, which was primarily attributable to cash used to fund a net loss of approximately $2.4 million, partially offset by $0.1 million of cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities was less than $0.1 million for all periods presented and was attributable to purchases of property and equipment.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled approximately $4.1 million, which related to the sale of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled approximately $5.0 million, which related to the sale of Series A convertible preferred stock. Cash provided from financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 totaled approximately $6.8 million, which primarily related to advances related to the sale of Series B convertible preferred stock. Cash provided from financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 totaled approximately $4.1 million, which related to the sale of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
There are no off-balance sheet arrangements between the Company and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on financial conditions, changes in financial conditions, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to stockholders.
Critical Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
Preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the amounts disclosed in the related notes to the financial statements. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The amounts of assets and liabilities reported in our balance sheets and the amounts of expenses reported for each of the periods presented are affected by estimates and assumptions, which are used for, but not limited to, fair value calculations for equity securities, establishing valuation allowances for deferred taxes, stock-based compensation, the recoverability and useful lives of long-lived assets and the recovery of deferred costs. Certain of our estimates could be affected by external conditions, including those unique to us and general economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that these external factors could have an effect on our estimates and could cause actual results to differ from those estimates.
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
See our critical accounting policy on stock-based compensation for additional disclosure of the use of estimates in estimating the fair value of our common stock.
Convertible Instruments
We evaluate our convertible instruments to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivative financial instruments to be separately accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that we record embedded conversion options and any related freestanding instruments at their fair values as of the inception date of the agreement and at fair value as of each subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-operating, non-cash income or expense for each reporting period at each balance sheet date. We reassess the classification of our derivative instruments at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the contract is reclassified as of the date of the event that caused the reclassification. Embedded conversion options and any related freestanding instruments are recorded as a discount to the host instrument.
If the instrument is determined to be a derivative liability, we then evaluate for the existence of a beneficial conversion feature by comparing the market price of our common stock as of the commitment date to the effective conversion price of the instrument.
Preferred Stock
We apply the accounting standards for distinguishing liabilities from equity when determining the classification and measurement of our preferred stock. Preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable preferred shares (including preferred shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, preferred shares are classified as stockholders’ equity.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included or excluded in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the difference between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their respective financial reporting amounts (“temporary differences”) at enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
We utilize a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
Management has evaluated and concluded that there were no material uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in our financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and September 30, 2017 and 2016. We do not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits within twelve months of the reporting date.
Our policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax related interest as interest expense and penalties as general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure the cost of services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award. For employees, the fair value of the award is measured on the grant date and for non-employees, the fair value of the award is generally re-measured on vesting dates and interim financial reporting dates until the service period is complete. The fair value amount is then recognized over the period during which services are required to be provided in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. Awards granted to directors are treated on the same basis as awards granted to employees. Upon the exercise of an option, we issue new shares of common stock out of our authorized shares.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The fair value of our common stock was estimated based on an analysis completed by management that considered the cash sales prices of our convertible preferred stock as well as the relative characteristics, rights and privileges of the convertible preferred stock as compared to the common stock. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we also obtained a third-party 409A valuation of our common stock, which was also considered in management’s estimation of value of the equity instruments issued during that period. This third party valuation was done in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The estimates used by management are considered highly complex and subjective. We anticipate that once our shares begin trading, the use of such estimates will no longer be necessary to determine the fair value of our common stock.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605 — Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605”) and most industry-specific guidance throughout ASC 605. The standard requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance in ASU 2014-09 was revised in July 2015 to be effective for interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017 and should be applied on a transitional basis either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application. In 2016, FASB issued additional ASUs that clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations (ASU 2016-08), on identifying performance obligations and licensing (ASU 2016-10), and on narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients (ASU 2016-12) as well as on the revenue recognition criteria and other technical corrections (ASU 2016-20). Since we have not generated any revenue since our inception, we do not anticipate that the adoption of these ASUs will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 explicitly requires management to evaluate, at each annual or interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that exist which raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and annual and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2015 and its adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes,” (“ASU 2015-17”). The FASB issued ASU 2015-17 as part of its ongoing Simplification Initiative, with the objective of reducing complexity in accounting standards. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 require entities that present a classified balance sheet to classify all deferred tax liabilities and assets as a noncurrent amount. This guidance does not change the offsetting requirements for deferred tax liabilities and assets, which results in the presentation of one amount on the balance sheet. Additionally, the amendments in ASU 2015-17 align the deferred income tax presentation with the requirements in International Accounting Standards (IAS) 1, Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. We do not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases. ASU 2016-02 will also require new qualitative and quantitative disclosures to help
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating ASU 2016-02 and its impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718),” (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 requires an entity to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating ASU 2016-09 and its impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” (“ASU 2016-15”). The new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. We will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case we would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. We are currently evaluating ASU 2016-15 and its impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting,” (“ASU 2017-09”). ASU 2017-09 provides clarity on the accounting for modifications of stock-based awards. ASU 2017-09 requires adoption on a prospective basis in the annual and interim periods for our fiscal year ending December 15, 2017 for share-based payment awards modified on or after the adoption date. We are currently evaluating ASU 2017-09 and its impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, “Earnings Per Share (Topic 260) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features,” (“ASU 2017-11”). Equity-linked instruments, such as warrants and convertible instruments may contain down round features that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Under ASU 2017-11, a down round feature will no longer require a freestanding equity-linked instrument (or embedded conversion option) to be classified as a liability that is remeasured at fair value through the income statement (i.e. marked-to-market). However, other features of the equity-linked instrument (or embedded conversion option) must still be evaluated to determine whether liability or equity classification is appropriate. Equity classified instruments are not marked-to-market. For earnings per share (“EPS”) reporting, the ASU requires companies to recognize the effect of the down round feature only when it is triggered by treating it as a dividend and as a reduction of income available to common shareholders in basic EPS. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. We are currently evaluating ASU 2017-11 and its impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of ophthalmology products utilizing our patented piezo-print technology to deliver micro-therapeutics topically to the eye. This micro-dosing technology has the potential to replace traditional macro-dosing applications (e.g. conventional eye droppers that deliver 30–50 µL) that routinely overdose or under-dose when used in the topical administration of ophthalmic therapeutics. We believe our micro-therapeutic product candidates may be able to achieve similar pharmacologic effects as traditional macro-dosing applications while reducing the adverse effects associated with these techniques. We have received written FDA feedback for our Phase III clinical trials for two of our lead programs: MicroProst, a novel micro-therapeutic latanoprost formulation for CACG, an indication with no FDA-approved drug treatments; and MicroStat, a fixed combination of micro-therapeutic phenylephrine-tropicamide formulation for mydriasis, also known as pupil dilation for use in eye exams. MicroTears, our OTC product candidate for dry eye, will not require Phase III clinical trials, and we plan to proceed with registration activities.
All of our product candidates utilize our patented piezo-print micro-dosing technology to enable the topical delivery of ophthalmic micro-therapeutics. Micro-dosing has long been the goal for ophthalmic medications because the eye only holds 6–8 µL, yet traditional eye drops overdose the eye with 30–50 µL, which frequently leads to adverse side effects such as redness, irritation and pain, increased risk of certain cardiac and respiratory side effects, as well as inconveniences such as overflow down the cheek and into the nose through the naso-lacrimal duct or under-dosing in patients that lack motor control to properly use a conventional eyedropper and thus administer the drops outside the eye. We believe our easy-to-use piezo-print technology may enable patients to consistently deliver doses of 6–8 µL of ocular therapeutics, representing maximum eye capacity, and reduce ocular exposure to preservatives and pharmaceutical ingredients by over 75%.
We have completed two Phase II clinical trials, treating more than 110 subjects, with results published in peer-reviewed literature. Applying multiple front-of-the-eye (the area in front of the lens) formulations in subjects for mydriasis, our piezo-print technology delivered microliter precision at the volume of the eye’s natural tear film capacity of 6–8 µL, which reduced ocular and systemic drug and preservative exposure when compared to eye drops, resulting in comparable efficacy and fewer side effects. We believe that these clinical trials support our advancement into late stage clinical trials through the 505(b)(2) pathway. We intend to use this pathway for future clinical trials in new indications with significant unmet needs.
A key feature of our patented technology is the embedded electronic, smartphone enabled “e-health” system which we believe is the first ever intelligent electronic delivery system for ophthalmic therapies. Our electronic functions are designed to enable patients and physicians to track when doses are administered to better monitor and improve patient compliance.
The following summarizes our product pipeline and expected milestones:
Product Candidate
Indication
Next Expected Milestones
MicroProst
Chronic Angle Closure Glaucoma
Phase III IND H2 2018
MicroStat
Mydriasis (Pupil Dilation)
Phase III IND H2 2018
MicroTears
Dry Eye
OTC Registration H1 2019
MicroPine
Myopia (Near Sightedness)
Phase III IND H1 2019
In addition to MicroProst, MicroStat and MicroTears, we are developing an expanded pipeline of product candidates and are preparing them for late-stage clinical trials. The first pipeline opportunity is MicroPine, which is a micro-therapeutic formulation of atropine to target myopia (or near sightedness) progression. Clinical trials conducted to date, as well as a recent technology analysis and review by the American Academy of Ophthalmology, indicate Level 1 (highest) evidence of efficacy for the role of low dose atropine for myopia progression. To date, no therapy has been possible due to side effects associated with existing macro-dosed drop formulations in the pediatric population using atropine. We met with the FDA on December 15, 2017 to discuss our Phase III trial design for Micropine. FDA feedback indicates
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
that we can proceed to Phase III with a primary endpoint of reduction of myopia progression, enrolling children and adolescents with a three-year follow-up. We have begun development activities for MicroPine with a planned Phase III clinical trial expected to be initiated in 2019.
Our management team is a critical component to the execution of our overall strategy and our business model. We have assembled a team with significant experience in translational science, drug evaluation, clinical development, regulatory affairs and business development. Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev, who has over 15 years of experience in public health, life-science and medical technology covering the spectrum of biotech and med-tech. He is a prolific inventor, innovator, physician-executive and public health expert who has been at the core of developing medical products and technologies which have transformed the ophthalmic field and are impacting medical care for hundreds of thousands of patients every year. His intellectual property was a core asset to WaveTec’s (acquired by Alcon) technology for intraoperative aberrometry. While at Genentech, Inc., Dr. Ianchulev headed the ophthalmology research group and directed the development and the FDA approval of Lucentis, the most successful specialty biologic in the field of ophthalmology with more than $4 billion of annual sales in 2015. Most recently, he headed all clinical development of Transcend Medical’s (acquired by Alcon) micro-stent for glaucoma. Dr. Ianchulev’s clinical experience, combined with development and commercial work in both biopharmaceuticals and medical devices make him ideally suited to lead Eyenovia.
In addition to Dr. Ianchulev, the management team has other professionals with deep engineering, clinical trial, regulatory and commercial experience in ophthalmology. Our management team is supported by our Board of Directors, which has extensive professional experience in strategic development, executive, operational and financial leadership in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries, including several successful ophthalmology companies.
Strategy
Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing novel therapies for front-of-the-eye conditions by utilizing our micro-therapeutic piezo-print technology. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:
Establish a portfolio of first-in-class piezo-print micro-therapeutic products for front-of-the-eye treatments through the 505(b)(2) pathway with the FDA.   We are initially focused on developing technology utilizing therapeutic compounds already well established in the topical treatment of ophthalmic indications. We believe the 505(b)(2) registration pathway, which reduces development risk compared to new molecular entity programs, will be available for our initial development pipeline. We believe our pipeline of patented micro-therapeutic product candidates will be highly differentiated by our improved tolerability and enhanced compliance profile and our late-stage development programs could lead to NDA submissions in novel indications where the products can have unique dosing and therapeutic profiles. We believe that this could lead to favorable pricing and reimbursement, and a reduced risk of generic substitution.
Improve clinical outcomes and patient experiences while providing an improved tolerability profile with our micro-therapeutics.   We believe our piezo-print platform will allow for high precision targeted micro-dosing for front-of-the-eye treatments, while eliminating ophthalmic over-dosing and reducing ocular exposure to toxic preservatives and pharmacologic ingredients by over 75% compared to conventional eye drop delivery mechanisms. Our clinical trials have demonstrated equivalent biologic activity, improved side effect profile and enhanced patient experience of our micro-therapeutic approach as compared to conventional eye drops.
Leverage our electronic, smartphone-enabled “e-health” technology to introduce and develop patient-specific compliance monitoring program.   Our mobile e-health technology and smart cartridges are designed to track when a patient administers treatments, allowing physicians to track patient compliance accurately. We believe this may enhance patient compliance and improve compliance monitoring by empowering patients and physicians with access to dynamic, real-time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent, informed and personalized therapeutic paradigm.
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Develop micro-therapeutic treatments for other ophthalmic diseases independently or in collaboration with third parties.   Our piezo-print technology is also suitable for new molecular entities. Leveraging our existing platform technology, we plan to continue developing other micro-therapeutic product candidates for front-of-the-eye diseases that can be administered using our piezo-print technology platform with mobile e-health technology and smart cartridges either independently or through strategic partnerships with third parties. We have entered into an exclusive agreement with Senju Pharmaceuticals, a leading ophthalmology company in Japan, for the Asian development and commercial rights of our therapies and technology.
Develop solutions for ophthalmic conditions with high unmet needs and no approved therapy.   We will target chronic ophthalmic conditions with a high unmet medical need. By leveraging our piezo-print micro-dosing technology, we aim to reach conditions where there are no approved therapies. For example, our MicroPine program which is a micro-formulation of atropine, is intended to slow myopia progression in the pediatric population. However, there are currently no therapies on the market due to side effects associated with traditional macro-dosing drop formulations.
Limitations of Conventional Front-of the-Eye Therapies
Our micro-dosing platform technology aims to address the following issues associated with eye drop-based therapies.
Dosing, administration and waste of medication
Multiple third party studies have confirmed the challenges with administering conventional eye drops including overdosing, poor compliance, imprecise dosing, variability in drop size, and patient difficulty in self-administering. One study in patients experienced in using eye drops undergoing treatment for glaucoma for at least 6 months documented that 9 out of 10 patients were unable to deliver topical treatment correctly at the end of the 6 month treatment. Patients on average administered almost twice the macro-dose with a range of one to eight drops (1.8+/-1.2), and 75% of patients risked bottle contamination or potential ocular trauma by having the eye dropper container touch their eyes. Another larger study in 139 patients demonstrated that the proportion of patients who were able to correctly deliver therapy on the eye was only 22%–30%. Other studies have demonstrated similarly that the vast majority of patients either overdose or do not administer correctly the required therapeutic to the eye, which leads to unnecessary waste of medication, a problem which is highlighted by recently introduced legislation in the U.S. Senate to address this specific concern.
Side effects associated with conventional macro-dose therapies
Conventional front-of-the-eye therapies are administered using 100-year-old eye-dropper pipette approaches. Current eye drop therapies consistently overdose the eye with 30–50 µL of preservatives and pharmaceutical ingredients while the eye only holds 6–8 µL. Thus, traditional drops severely overdose the eye, which is associated with many ocular side effects including hyperemia, or increased blood flow to the eye, redness, discomfort, stinging, blurred vision, burning, itching, excessive tearing, eye pain, iris pigment changes, foreign body sensation, pigment discoloration, periorbital dermatitis and sunken eye. For some topical medications, there are also major cardiovascular side effects such as bradycardia and arrhythmia that are caused when medications are absorbed into the circulation system from overdosing — both through conjunctiva absorption and when drugs flow into the nose through the naso-lacrimal duct and are absorbed in the nose or swallowed. For example, phenylephrine can cause cardiovascular adverse reactions including an increase in blood pressure, syncope, myocardial infarction, tachycardia, arrhythmia and subarachnoid hemorrhage. Severe respiratory reactions and cardiac reactions, including death due to bronchospasm in patients with asthma, and rarely death in association with cardiac failure, have been reported following systemic or ophthalmic administration of timolol maleate.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prostaglandins are a widely-used class of drugs for glaucoma. However, as shown in the chart below, they present a high risk of ocular irritation and adverse events. We believe micro-dosing will result in fewer adverse events due to less exposure to the drug and preservatives.
Frequencies of Adverse Events (Safety Population)
Latanoprost (n = 136)
Bimatoprost (n = 137)
Travoprost (n = 138)
n
%
No. of
Events
n
%
No. of
Events
n
%
No. of
Events
P
Value
Patients with at least one adverse event
87 64.0 137 104 75.9 200 95 68.8 159 .098
Patients with ocular adverse events
73 53.7 110 101 73.7 162 89 64.5 129 .003
Patients with systemic adverse events
23 16.9 27 25 18.2 38 23 16.7 30 .933
Patients with adverse events related to study medications
70 51.5 90 94 68.6 140 81 58.7 108 .015
Potential for toxicity
Many eye medications contain preservatives (e.g. benzalkonium chloride or BAC) which are toxic to the ocular surface. Cytotoxic assays have confirmed this and showed significant toxicity proportional to the concentration of BAC and its effects in causing ocular surface disease.
Another emerging problem with the prostaglandin-class of medications (e.g. latanoprost, bimatoprost, travoprost) has been the dose-related incidence of orbitopathy (or sunken orbits). The associations between prostaglandin analogue use and deepening of the upper lid sulci and between prostaglandin analogue use and loss of inferior periorbital fat were recently confirmed with a 230-fold increased risk of skin tissue shrinking around the eye.
Our Solution
We believe that we are the only company with clinical stage technology for targeted micro-dosing of ophthalmic investigational therapies. Our solution is based on piezo-print technology, which is also used for pixel-sharp high-precision ink jet printing. It is miniaturized, optimized for and applied in ophthalmic delivery to achieve micro-dosing that is many times more precise than conventional eye droppers. Our targeted micro-dosing delivers doses of 6–8 µL in a targeted way, directly coating the corneal surface rather than the conjunctiva thus reducing collateral tissue exposure and focusing on the cornea where 80% of intraocular drug penetration occurs. We believe micro-therapeutic product candidates reduce greater than 75% of the drug exposure to reduce toxicity, resulting in potentially gentler and more tolerable treatments. Our micro-therapeutic approach also reduces waste associated with conventional macro-dose drops — a problem that has been highlighted by recently introduced legislation in the U.S. Senate to address this specific concern.
In the ophthalmology space, we believe that our micro-therapeutics will come with first-in-class smart sensing technology for mobile e-health applications and compliance monitoring, which will be standard with all of our smart cartridges. This technology has the potential to improve compliance and chronic disease management by tracking each time a patient administers treatment, empowering patients and physicians with access to dynamic, real time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent and personalized therapeutic paradigm. The FDA provided written feedback that our clinical programs will not be treated as a medical device or as a drug/device combination. All of our programs are treated as drug development programs because only the drug comes into contact with the eye. Consequently, we do not need a separate FDA approval for the piezo-print device or to comply with FDA regulations for medical devices.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our micro-therapeutic solution has been tested in preclinical models and clinical trials and has been shown to provide many advantages over the current administrations.
CONVENTIONAL EYE DROPPER USING CENTURY-OLD PIPETTE DELIVERY
×
Overdoses the eye by more than 400%
×
Causes overdose-related ocular toxicity (drug / preservative / excipient exposure)

Hyperemia / red eye

Discomfort / stinging

Itching
×
50–80% of eye drop applications miss the eye


[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_inline1.jpg]
EYENOVIA’S HIGH-PRECISION PIEZO-PRINT MICRODOSING

Medication delivered directly to the cornea (primary site of ocular drug absorption)

Gentle ocular surface microdroplet coating

Less toxicity and drug/preservative exposure

Fewer ocular side effects (redness, stinging)

Lower systemic exposure
Key advantages of our micro-therapeutic platform include:
Dose reduction:   Our micro-droplet delivery technology achieves precise volumetric control at the microliter level to deliver 6–8 µL, which is the physiologic capacity of the tear film compared to the dropper pipette macro-dose of 30–50 µL which results in overdosing, ocular toxicity and systemic leaching into the plasma.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_img2.jpg]
Targeted dose instillation:   Our piezo-print technology allows for targeted delivery to the ocular surface and cornea, avoiding the conjunctival cul-de-sac. The micro-jet created by the piezo-electric vibrations is columnated and focused to provide accurate delivery to the corneal surface where the majority of ocular penetration occurs. Additionally, our technology includes an LED targeting mechanism to allow proper positioning and objective alignment.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_img3.jpg]
Speed of delivery:   Similar to high-precision ink-jet printing that can deliver pixel-sharp ink printing, we use piezo-electric dispensation. Unlike a simple aerosolized mechanism, our patented piezo-printing technology achieves micro-droplet ejection control that creates a fast and targeted micro-jet delivery. We can deliver our micro-therapeutics to the ocular surface in less than 80 milliseconds beating the eye’s 100 millisecond blink reflex.
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_img4.jpg]
Smart electronics:   Our smart electronics and mobile e-health technology are designed to track when a patient administers treatment. This enables physicians to monitor patient compliance accurately. We believe this technology will improve compliance and chronic disease management by empowering patients and physicians with access to dynamic, real time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent and personalized therapeutic paradigm.
Clinical Trial Results
We have a proven platform for the delivery of micro-therapeutics. Our preclinical and clinical studies suggest that a micro-therapeutic dose of medication delivers clinical activity comparable to that of a macro-dose delivery via traditional eye drops, but with the advantages of fewer ocular side effects and less systemic exposure. We can use our platform technology on either new molecular entities, to increase their chances of approval, or with existing molecular entities in order to improve their safety. We have chosen the latter path for our initial pipeline product candidate.
To date, we have conducted multiple preclinical studies and two Phase II clinical trials to validate our piezo-print micro-dose delivery platform. Our micro-dose approach was studied in preclinical studies to demonstrate pharmacodynamic equivalence of our targeted micro-therapeutic formulations and to assess whether micro-dosing can achieve comparable biologic activity with its significantly lower levels of drug and preservative exposure to the ocular tissues. Data from a canine model of glaucoma demonstrated more than 40% IOP lowering effect at micro-dose of 8–9 µL latanoprost. Another independent micro-dose study published in the Journal of Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science in 2014 further demonstrated that 3 µL micro-dose with timolol 0.5% can reduce systemic plasma levels of the drug by a factor of 17.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_chrt-line1.jpg]
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
IOP Lowering Effect of Micro-Therapeutic Dose of Latanoprost in Canine Model
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_chrt-line2.jpg]
We have completed two Phase II clinical trials to investigate the pharmacodynamic equivalence and clinical advantages of our micro-therapeutic approach. In these studies, we examined whether a micro-therapeutic dose of phenylephrine would dilate the eye as compared to a macro-dose with a traditional eye drop, as well as the side effect incidence of micro-dosing vs. drops. Results of the two Phase II micro-dose clinical trials suggest that our micro-dose piezo-print technology can deliver equivalent therapeutic activity as conventional eye drop macro-dosing while reducing the incidence of side effects by reducing by greater than 75% the patient’s exposure to preservatives and active pharmaceutical ingredients, which are the root cause of ocular surface toxicity, and topical and systemic adverse events associated with topical therapy.
The first clinical trial, which we refer to as the EYE102 Phase II clinical trial compared the mydriatic pharmacodynamic effect of our micro-dose (7 µL) Phenylephrine 10% versus standard dropper, which delivered 32 µL 10% phenylephrine (4 times our micro-dose of phenylephrine), versus an eye dropper that delivered 32 µL of phenylephrine 2.5% (same net amount of phenylephrine as our micro-dose). At 75 minute peak dilation, our micro-dose provided similar mydriatic activity at one quarter of the dose exposure of the dropper with 10% phenylephrine, and superior activity versus the equal dose exposure via 2.5% phenylephrine drops.
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pupil Diameter, Increase from Baseline, mm
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_chrt-line3.jpg]
Pupil diameter increase from baseline, at 45, 60, and 75 minutes post-administration of PE 2.5%, PE 10%, and EYN- each respectively administered on study Days 1, 7 and 14. Shown are mean±SEM for N=24 eyes of 12 subjects. Colored asterisk at t=75 min indicates significant difference versus comparator of asterisk color, in this case EYN vs PE 2.5% (p=0.009).
The study was also informative with regard to systemic drug exposure of topical treatment whereby the micro-dose product candidate demonstrated 35–40% lower plasma levels of the drug compared to same concentration macro-dose. There were also significantly fewer ocular adverse events, over macro-dosing.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_chrt-bar1.jpg]
In the EYE102 Phase II clinical trial, the same formulation micro-dose also suggested significant improvement in tolerability as compared to conventional eye drops.
OCULAR ADVERSE EVENTS BY TREATMENT
Adverse Event Description
Eye Drop 10%
EYE102 (Micro-dose 10%)
Ocular blurriness
1 0
Ocular burning/stinging/irritation
4 1
Ocular dryness
2 0
Subtotal by Treatment Group
7 1
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The other Phase II clinical trial (EYE 103 study) in 103 subjects investigated micro-therapeutics treatment with combination of phenylephrine and tropicamide compared to conventional eye dropper doses, the results of which were published in the peer-review journal Therapeutic Delivery. In the study, micro-dosing produced equivalent dilation and 91% of participants preferred micro-dose versus the eyedropper; 6% preferred the eye dropper and 3% expressed no preference (p < 0.0001). General satisfaction scores were higher with the micro-dose versus eyedropper (9.8 ± 0.6 vs 5.8 ± 3.0). Regarding ocular discomfort, our micro-dose was nearly two times better than the eyedropper.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_chrt-bar2.jpg]
At the end of our Phase II clinical trial, we had a meeting with the FDA and have received guidance on the design and requirements for Phase III development programs for MicroProst in CACG and MicroStat in mydriasis as well as the requirements for MicroTears for OTC dry eye. Based on this guidance, we expect to initiate pivotal programs in the second half of 2018.
Our Product Candidates
MicroProst
MicroProst is our proprietary latanoprost prostaglandin micro-formulation product candidate being developed for a first-line indication therapy for CACG. Currently, there are no FDA-approved therapies for CACG, which accounts for 10% of all glaucoma in the U.S. and up to 50% of all glaucoma in China. If approved, MicroProst would be the first treatment approved for CACG.
Background of Chronic Angle Closure Glaucoma and Market Opportunity
CACG is a well characterized and clinically diagnosed disease entity, as established by the American Academy of Ophthalmology Preferred Practice Patterns. Similar to the more prevalent open-angle glaucoma, it is characterized by increased IOP and optic neuropathy. Yet, its pathophysiology is underpinned by angle closure from peripheral anterior synechiae whereby the iris is occluding the drainage outflow to the trabecular meshwork in the angle. CACG is separate from acute angle-closure glaucoma which requires immediate intervention. There are more than 581,000 CACG patients in the U.S., as shown below. We conservatively estimate the addressable market at over $700 million in the U.S. alone.
Estimated population with CACG (thousands) by region (95% CI)
Number of CACG cases (thousands) 40 years old +
% Increase in CACG cases relative to 2010
UK
Europe
U.S.
UK
Europe
U.S.
2010
130 (71−211)
1600 (873−2604)
581 (309−958)
1. 2.
2015
141 (77−229)
1663 (902−2713)
637 (338−1047)
8.6 3.9 9.5
2020
154 (85−248)
1743 (953−2837)
687 (372−1124)
19.0 8.9 18.2
2025
160 (89−258)
1831 (1012−2967)
743 (410−1206)
23.6 14.5 27.8
2030
165 (93−265)
1934 (1082−3115)
812 (457−1304)
27.5 20.9 39.6
2040
188 (108−302)
2102 (1198−3344)
930 (532−1478)
44.9 31.4 59.9
2050
195 (112−309)
2080 (1208−3285)
973 (556−1550)
50.7 30.0 67.4
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Once angle-closure glaucoma develops, it is a condition that often requires chronic treatment. The mainstay of glaucoma treatment for both open and angle-closure glaucoma is IOP lowering with pharmacologic therapy. While IOP lowering pharmacotherapies have been FDA indicated and approved for IOP lowering in open-angle glaucoma, none have been specifically studied in FDA trials nor indicated for CACG, which is a less prevalent disease. Despite the unmet need and the fact that over 90% of CACG patients continue to require chronic lifelong IOP lowering therapy, physicians continue to use off-label treatments without the support of rigorous clinical trials and data. Therapeutic control is particularly important for CACG patients where it has been well established that optic nerve damage is more IOP-dependent than that of open-angle glaucoma and CACG patients progress two times more quickly than open-angle glaucoma patients.
There is strong clinical evidence from multiple studies as well as a more recent randomized controlled study published in the Archives of Ophthalmology that latanoprost and timolol cause significant IOP lowering in patients with CACG — 35% and 26% respectively. Even though there has been no FDA approved therapy, peer-reviewed and published clinical trials demonstrate robust therapeutic effect of latanoprost in CACG, which is highly informative for our forthcoming Phase III clinical trial. A randomized controlled study in 60 eyes published in the peer-review journal, Archives of Ophthalmology, shows not only a high level of IOP lowering effect of 8.2 mmHg at 3 month but also superiority to active timolol control which only lowered IOP by 6.1 mmHg.
Diumal Variation of Introcular Pressure (IOP) at Baseline and After 3 Months of Therapy With Latanoprost and Timolol in 60 Eyes
Latanoprost
Timolol Maleate
Decrease in IOP
Decrease in IOP
Time of IOP Recording
Mean ± SD
Baseline
IOP, mm Hg
Mean ± SD
IOP, mm Hg
Mean ± SD,
mm Hg
%
Mean ± SD
IOP, mm Hg
Mean ± SD,
mm Hg
%
P
Value
7 AM
23.5 ± 3.1
14.0 ± 2.2
9.5 ± 3.3
40.4
18.3 ± 3.2
5.2 ± 3.6
22.1 <.01
10 AM
24.6 ± 3.9
14.6 ± 2.8
10.0 ± 4.3
40.6
17.9 ± 3.6
6.7 ± 3.5
27.2 <.01
1 PM
23.6 ± 2.7
16.2 ± 2.7
7.4 ± 3.4
31.4
17.1 ± 3.2
6.5 ± 3.8
27.5 .04
4 PM
23.2 ± 2.7
15.7 ± 3.4
7.5 ± 3.3
32.3
17.7 ± 3.9
5.6 ± 3.7
24.1 <.01
7 PM
22.4 ± 3.1
15.6 ± 3.1
6.8 ± 3.4
30.4
16.9 ± 3.8
5.6 ± 3.9
25.0 .01
10 PM
23.3 ± 2.9
15.6 ± 3.0
7.6 ± 3.9
32.6
16.3 ± 3.4
6.9 ± 3.6
29.6 .25
Mean
23.4 ± 2.1
15.3 ± 1.8
8.2 ± 2.0
34.9
17.4 ± 1.7
6.1 ± 1.7
26.0 <.01
Additionally, 72% of patients taking latanoprost and 43% of patients taking timolol achieved more than 30% IOP lowering from baseline. Similarly, another randomized controlled study demonstrated an 8.8 mmHg IOP reduction with latanoprost and 5.7 mmHg reduction with timolol in patients with CACG. Data from these studies not only suggest the biologic therapeutic effect of IOP lowering in CACG but also highlight the undesirable associated safety profile of macro-dosing such as hyperemia and ocular discomfort which caused significant adverse events in more than 40% of patients. Based on these studies and the data from the open-angle glaucoma disease therapeutic paradigm, we believe MicroProst may demonstrate IOP lowering and an improved safety profile for CACG patients in our planned Phase III clinical trial.
Phase III Clinical Development Program
Subsequent to the completion of our Phase II clinical trials, we met with the FDA to discuss our Phase III plans for MicroProst. The FDA outlined the necessary clinical trials for approval, and we are preparing to initiate a Phase III registration program, relying on the 505(b)(2) pathway, for a first-line therapeutic indication in CACG for MicroProst. If approved, MicroProst will be the first FDA-approved treatment for CACG. The targeted piezo-print technology will provide micro-dosing (6–8 µL) of prostaglandin latanoprost directly to the ocular surface of the cornea, which is the site of the highest intraocular penetration. We believe MicroProst will achieve similar clinical activity without the adverse
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
effects seen with conventional drops, which overdose the eye with potentially harmful preservatives and API. This could provide additional opportunities for us to pursue follow-on expanded indications of MicroProst, such as for the treatment of open-angle glaucoma, where non-micro-therapeutic latanoprost is currently the primary therapeutic modality.
The MicroProst Phase III program will consist of two randomized controlled clinical trials in CACG with a 3-month primary end-point consisting of IOP reduction and follow-up for six months. We plan to commence the clinical trial in the second half of 2018, subject to a pre-IND meeting with the FDA in early 2018, and estimate 250 patients per clinical trial. If the primary objectives of our Phase III clinical trial are met, we plan to submit an NDA, for marketing approval of MicroProst for the treatment of CACG in the U.S. We have entered into a master licensing partnership for all of our micro-therapeutic programs, including our MicroProst program, with Senju Pharmaceuticals for Asia, including China, Japan and India.
MicroStat
MicroStat is the potentially first-in-class fixed combination micro-formulation product candidate for mydriasis (eye dilation) intended to facilitate office-based eye examinations which serve over 80 million dilated retina eye exams performed each year in the U.S. MicroStat has been designed to achieve adequate pupil dilation while reducing unintended side-effects associated with conventional mydriatic agents.
Background of Mydriasis and Market Opportunity
There are more than 80 million topical mydriatic applications performed every year as a required part of the comprehensive dilated eye exam and standard retina fundoscopy for diabetic retinopathy screening, macular degeneration evaluation, glaucoma optic disc evaluation and many other back-of-the-eye conditions. Most optometrist and ophthalmologist offices have multiple bottles of both phenylephrine and tropicamide and use each bottle on multiple patients, which carries a risk of contaminating patients’ eyes and spreading infections. The bottles are purchased directly from suppliers and are not subject to insurance reimbursement. Our combination therapy, if approved, will allow the purchase of one product for eye dilation, and our system does not come in direct contact with the eye, thus minimizing the risk of infection. We believe the addressable market is over $150 million in the U.S. alone.
Most dilated eye exams require that two separate topical pharmacologic agents/drops be administered sequentially (tropicamide and phenylephrine). All current mydriatic formulations use conventional macro-dose drop delivery (30–50 µL) which significantly overdoses the ocular surface whose physiologic capacity is only 6–8 µL. Studies demonstrate that standard macro-dosed pharmacologic dilation is associated with significant ocular discomfort and mild-moderate eye pain. On the standard visual analogue scale for pain, such discomfort can exceed the levels of pain associated with a flu vaccine subcutaneous injection. Additionally, there are systemic safety concerns with mydriatic macro-dosing for retinopathy of prematurity retinal screening and pediatric dilated eye exams. Studies comparing micro-dosed phenylephrine and cyclopentolate to traditional eyedrops (30–50 µL drop size) in premature babies and in full-term infants have shown equivalent pupil dilation with drop sizes ranging from 5–8 µL while reducing systemic levels by more than 50%.
With the millions of patients exposed to mydriatic pharmacologic agents every year, we are developing a micro-dose alternative whereby targeted piezo-print technology can be deployed to reduce ocular and systemic exposure by more than 75%. This potential improvement stems from lowering the dose from the 30–50 µL in standard drops to just 8 µL with MicroStat combined with targeted delivery to the ocular surface. We expect to achieve similar mydriatic activity as drops without the high incidence of unwanted side effects.
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_img5.jpg]
Pharmacologic mydriasis: dilated pupil after application
Phase III Clinical Development Program
Based on our prior Phase II clinical trials and subsequent FDA feedback, we are proceeding towards the initiation of the Phase III mydriasis program for the potentially first-in-class fixed-combination, micro-formulation of phenylephrine 2.5% and tropicamide 1% (MicroStat). The MicroStat program will consist of two Phase III randomized controlled clinical trials to investigate pharmacologic dilation of our fixed combination micro-formulation versus drops of individual components (phenylephrine drops alone and tropicamide drops alone) with the primary endpoint of pupil change from baseline. We estimate 50 patients per clinical trial and are planning to commence the clinical trials in the second half of 2018. If the primary objectives of our Phase III program are met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA for marketing approval of MicroStat for pharmacologic mydriasis in the U.S. under the 505(b)(2) pathway. We have entered into a master licensing partnership for all of our micro-therapeutic programs, including our MicroStat program, with Senju Pharmaceuticals for Asia, including China, Japan and India.
MicroTears
MicroTears is a differentiated micro-droplet ocular surface tear replenishment product candidate for the $2 billion-plus (200 million units sold annually) OTC artificial tear market. Our piezo-technology enables accurate delivery directly to the ocular surface, which we believe enhances its effectiveness. The lower volume of MicroTears will also lower the incidents of droplet overflow. While no FDA studies are required for registration of a monograph formulation, we expect to conduct multiple Phase IV post-marketing studies to demonstrate the benefits of MicroTears. We plan to complete formulation and manufacturing scale-up activities for expected introduction to market in mid-to-late 2019.
Background of Dry Eye Syndrome and Market Opportunity
DES is a common ocular condition. It is a chronic, episodic, multifactorial disease affecting the tears and ocular surface that can result in tear film instability, inflammation, discomfort, visual disturbance and ocular surface damage. DES can have a significant impact on quality of life and can potentially cause long-term damage to the ocular surface. In addition, the vast majority of DES patients experience acute exacerbations of their symptoms, which are commonly referred to as flares, at various times throughout the year. These flares can be triggered by numerous factors, including exposure to allergens, pollution, wind and low humidity, intense visual concentration such as watching television and working at a computer, contact lens wear, smoking and sleep deprivation, which cause ocular surface inflammation and impact tear production and/or tear film stability.
Over 20 million people in the U.S. suffer from the symptoms of dry eye. Twenty-five percent of patients visiting ophthalmology clinics report dry eye symptoms. DES is a complex condition caused by a decreased tear production and/or increased tear evaporation. This can result in discomfort, visual disturbance, and tear film instability with potential damage to the ocular surface.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
While many patients receive prescriptions for dry eye symptoms, the majority opt for OTC products. The artificial tears market is expected to exceed $2.0 billion in 2018, yet all artificial tears are delivered in single or multi-dose bottles that are not highly differentiated. We believe MicroTears will offer improved accuracy in delivering artificial tears to the eye, better ocular coating, and lower incidence of tears running down the patient’s face. We believe these factors will differentiate MicroTears from eye drop versions of artificial tears.
Additional Pipeline Assets
In addition to the three late-stage development programs, we plan on leveraging our existing platform technology to continue developing other micro-therapeutic treatments for front-of-the-eye diseases that can be administered using our piezo-print technology.
We recently initiated the development of a micro-formulation of atropine for moderate to severe myopia (nearsightedness), an ocular disorder in which the optical power of the eye is too strong for the corresponding ocular anatomy. Myopia is the most common refractive error requiring correction seen in children. It is estimated that there are over 80 million children diagnosed with myopia worldwide and over 5 million in the U.S. While currently there are no FDA-approved therapies for myopia progression, there is growing evidence of the therapeutic activity of topical atropine, an anticholinergic agent use for dilation, as a treatment to slow progression. Despite activity, safety concerns such as pupil dilation, photosensitivity and accommodation difficulties associated with standard atropine 1% have tempered initial clinical adoption. While macro-dose atropine 1% is currently FDA-approved for pupil dilation in the U.S., its significant side effect profile has impeded clinical utility and adoption for myopia progression. If the primary objectives of our Phase III program are met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA for marketing approval of MicroPine to slow the progression of myopia under the 505(b)(2) pathway.
Our Technology
The piezo-print device comes in two parts:

The base contains the electronic components which enable generation of control signals that ensure, consistent, accurate columnated arrays of micro-droplets, as well as dose tracking via Bluetooth connectivity; and

The disposable cartridge contains the drug formulation in a primary drug container, targeted dosing system and piezo-driven ejector nozzle, and comes in one month doses.
For administration of our product candidates, the patient receives both the base and the disposable cartridge. For refills, the patient receives only the disposable cartridge. Patients deliver their dose by attaching the cartridge to the base, pressing an activation button which loads a single drug dose, then, holding it between one and two inches from the eye while looking directly into an illuminated circle, pressing a second button to emit the micro-droplet delivered medication. The micro-droplets are emitted in a quickly repeating array, that in aggregate form a micro-jet. The delivery of the full dose occurs in less than 80 milliseconds, which beats the blink reflex of the eye and enables the medication to consistently coat the ocular surface while not flooding the eye’s tear capacity. The patient feels a wet sensation on the eye, but does not experience any pain, as demonstrated in studies to date. Several acute clinical trials have been performed to date that demonstrate its usability. As a precise and quick delivered micro-dose, it does not drip down the face or drain down the naso-lacrimal duct thereby minimizing delivery of extra product or preservatives to the eye. The rechargeable base has intelligent power management and precision designed circuitry that maximizes battery life allowing for infrequent recharging, while always providing consistent dose delivery over the life of each cartridge.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: t1702911_img6.jpg]
Our system is partially based on piezo driven printer technology, which is also used for high-precision ink jet printing. In ink jet printing, piezo technology enables ink to be sprayed with precision to form letters and numbers on paper. Our patented system takes aspects of piezo driven printer technology, and applies it to the delivery of therapeutics to the eye. Our technology has six issued U.S. patents.
Sales and Marketing
In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities. We have licensed commercialization rights in Asia to Senju Pharmaceuticals, and have retained global commercial rights for our product candidates in all other regions. As partial consideration, Senju Pharmaceuticals purchased $5 million of our Series A preferred stock in April 2015. Pursuant to the exclusive license agreement, Senju Pharmaceuticals also agreed to pay us royalties equal to 5% of the net sales (excluding manufacturing costs, rebates and other charges) for the licensed products sold by Senju Pharmaceutical on a semi-annual basis until the expiration of all patents or pending patent applications covering such licensed product, at which time the royalty rate will be reduced to 1%. The royalty payment will continue, on a country-by-country basis, until the latter of the 10th year of the first commercial sale of a licensed product in any country or the expiration of the licensed patents. Upon expiration of the exclusive license agreement, Senju Pharmaceuticals will own an exclusive, fully paid up, irrevocable and perpetual license. The exclusive license agreement may be terminated by either party for any material breach by the other party that is not cured within 90 days of receipt of written notice by the breaching party. If so terminated by Senju Pharmaceuticals, the license will survive the termination with no further payment obligations to us. If so terminated by us, the license will terminate and Senju Pharmaceuticals will transfer all rights to regulatory approvals to us, with no refund or recovery of any development costs. Senju Pharmaceuticals may also terminate the exclusive license agreement without cause upon 60 days’ written notice on a country-by-country basis, in which event Senju Pharmaceuticals will transfer all rights to regulatory approvals pertaining to any licensed product to us.
If our product candidates receive marketing approval, we would plan to commercialize them in the United States through a combination of distributors and our own specialty sales force. We would expect to work with distribution companies or through other marketing arrangements in the EU and other regions outside the United States. We believe that the U.S. commercial organization will consist of approximately 100–125 sales and marketing professionals calling on ophthalmologists and optometrists. We would expect to make hires and sign distribution agreements for commercialization following NDA approval of any of our product candidates. Our management team and directors, which would lead the commercialization planning of our lead product candidates, have substantial experience in the commercialization of ophthalmic therapeutics.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Manufacturing
We currently rely on a combination of internal manufacturing capacity and third-party manufacturers to produce the product candidates for our clinical trials. We manage such production with all our vendors on a purchase order basis. Relationships with vendors of critical components are governed by applicable master service and supply agreements. We do not currently have long-term agreements with these manufacturers or any other third-party suppliers. We intend to procure quantities on a purchase order basis for our clinical and initial commercial production. If any of our existing third-party suppliers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements, although we might experience a delay in our ability to obtain alternately sourced quantities of materials or services. We also do not have any current contractual relationships for the manufacture of commercial supplies of our product candidates if they are approved. With respect to commercial production of our product candidates in the future, we plan to outsource production of the majority of the product candidates if they are approved for marketing by the applicable regulatory authorities.
Competition
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technologies, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.
Our potential competitors include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and specialty pharmaceutical and generic or biosimilar drug companies. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial and human resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Smaller and other early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring products, product candidates or other technologies that we may target to in-license or acquire in pursuit of our updated business plan.
For the MicroProst program, there are currently no FDA approved therapies for chronic angle closure glaucoma and we are not aware of any in ongoing FDA registration studies. Physicians currently use off-label IOP lowering medications that are FDA-approved for a different disease entity, namely open-angle glaucoma.
For MicroStat, we are not aware of any micro-therapeutics nor of any existing phenylephrine-tropicamide topical fixed combination even in standard macro-dose. There are competitive macro-dose drop formulations of individual therapeutics such as phenylephrine and tropicamide for mydriasis by companies such as Akorn, Alcon and others.
For MicroPine, we are not aware of any FDA-approved therapies to slow the progression of myopia.
For MicroTears, there is a $2 billion market of multiple competitive artificial tear products with an aggregate of 200 million units sold annually, but none that we are aware with targeted, ocular surface coating micro-droplet delivery. We believe the simplicity and convenience of our MicroTears system, which can be administered without tilting the head and with minimal risk of inconveniences such as dripping down the patient’s cheek, will differentiate our product from other artificial tears.
Intellectual Property
Our success may depend on our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce our proprietary rights related to our products and other technologies. We must also operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others while preventing others from infringing our proprietary rights. We will seek to protect our
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications. We may also rely on trade secrets and know-how for some proprietary methods, methods of manufacture and systems and devices. We continue innovating our technologies, and will file appropriate U.S. and foreign applications for our future innovations.
Patents
As of October 6, 2017, we owned five U.S. issued utility patents, one issued design patent, and eleven pending U.S. patent applications, as well as twenty-five foreign issued and allowed patents and sixty-one foreign patent applications (including Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications).
Exemplary patent coverage within the portfolio includes issued and pending patent application disclosing and claiming the following devices and methods:

A piezoelectric device configured to generate an ejected stream of droplets is the subject of one patent family. The device ejects droplets having an average ejected droplet diameter greater than 20 microns and an average initial droplet ejecting velocity between 0.5 m/s and 10 m/s. Furthermore, the stream of droplets is generated with low entrained airflow so that at least 75% of the mass is deposited on the eye. U.S. patent(s) for these devices are expected to expire in 2031.

A method of delivering a medicament or solution to an eye with a piezo-ejector device is the subject of another patent family. The method involves delivering an average droplet size of 20 microns to 100 microns in diameter with an average initial droplet ejecting velocity between 1 m/s and 10 m/s to the eye. About 85% to 100% of the ejected mass of droplets is deposited on the eye. U.S. patent(s) for these methods are expected to expire in 2031.

A device having a piezo-ejector that generates a directed stream of droplets through specially shaped openings in the piezo-ejector is the subject of still another patent family. The openings provide laminar flow through the openings. Laminar flow is provided by shaping the openings with a gradual slope change so that an external entry radius has a circular shape which reduces airflow while providing laminar flow through the openings. U.S. patent(s) related to these devices are expected to expire in 2033.

A piezo-electric ejector device having a microcontroller which auto-tunes the ejector mechanism is the subject of a yet another patent family. The device generates at least one cycle in a range of drive signal frequencies and obtains time-energy product feedback from a decay signal emitted by the actuator. U.S. patent(s) related to these devices are expected to expire in 2033.

A method of monitoring the treatment of ophthalmic subjects by capturing images of the eye is the subject of another patent family. Images of the eye are taken which are sufficient to obtain information about the diagnosis or health of the eye. The data is stored and analyzed to monitor treatment. U.S. patent(s) related to this method are expected to expire in 2031.

A fluid ejector having a fluid loading plate in parallel arrangement with an ejector mechanism is the subject of patent family patented in Europe. The fluid loading plate forms a capillary separation with the ejector mechanism to generate capillary fluid flow therebetween. The fluid loading plate is also attached to the reservoir (at a fluid reservoir interface) and to the ejector mechanism (at an ejector mechanism interface) and may have one or more fluid channels from the fluid reservoir interface to the ejector mechanism interface. The ejector produces a stream of droplets having a droplet diameter greater than 15 microns with the stream having low entrained airflow so that the pressure of the stream will be substantially imperceptible.
The term of any patent depends upon the legal term for patents in that particular country. In the U.S., the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in any country. In the U.S., a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent. A patent term may also be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent or application.
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permit a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date of a U.S. patent as partial compensation for the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force.
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. We cannot provide any assurance that any patent term extension with respect to any U.S. patent will be obtained and, if obtained, the duration of such extension. Similar patent term extension/reduction provisions are available in the European Union and other jurisdictions. In the future, if and when our product candidates receive approval by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, we will apply for patent term extensions on issued patents covering our products to the extent available under the applicable law, depending upon the length of any such clinical trials for any product and other factors. The expiration dates referred to above are without regard to potential patent term extension or other market exclusivity that may be available to us. However, we cannot provide any assurances that any such patent term extension of a foreign patent will be obtained and, if obtained, the duration of such extension.
In Asia, we have been granted a patent in each of China, Japan and South Korea, that describes delivering micro droplets comfortably and accurately with coverage for diameters 20-100 microns at comfortable velocities (1-10 m/s). In addition, we own two additional patents in Singapore and one additional patent in China.
Proprietary Technology
In addition to patents, we may rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how to protect our technology. We will protect our proprietary technology and processes in the appropriate manner to maintain their secrecy including confidentiality agreements when dealing with third parties. We will also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. We shall also require invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and contractors.
Government Regulation and Product Approvals
Government authorities in the U.S., at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the U.S. and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.
Review and Approval of Drugs in the U.S.
In the U.S., the FDA regulates drug products under the FDCA, and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources The failure to comply with applicable requirements under the FDCA and other applicable laws at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, voluntary product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice or other governmental entities.
An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the U.S. must typically undertake the following:

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin;
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

review of the product by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

compliance with any post-approval requirements, including Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, and post-approval studies required by the FDA.
Preclinical Studies
Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.
The IND and IRB Processes
An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved drug to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer an investigational drug to humans. Such authorization must be secured prior to interstate shipment and administration of any new drug that is not the subject of an approved NDA. In support of a request for an IND, applicants must submit a protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. The FDA requires a 30-day waiting period after the filing of each IND before clinical trials may begin. This waiting period is designed to allow the FDA to review the IND to determine whether human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. At any time during this 30-day period, the FDA may raise concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trials as outlined in the IND and impose a clinical hold. In this case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can begin.
Following commencement of a clinical trial under an IND, the FDA may also place a clinical hold or partial clinical hold on that clinical trial. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, a specific protocol or part of a protocol is not allowed to proceed, while other protocols may do so. No more than 30 days after imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, the FDA will provide the sponsor a written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold,
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
an investigation may only resume after the FDA has notified the sponsor that the investigation may proceed. The FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor correcting the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the investigation can proceed.
A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND. When a foreign clinical study is conducted under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study complies with FDA certain regulatory requirements in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval. Specifically, such studies must be conducted in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, including review and approval by an independent ethics committee, or IEC, and informed consent from subjects. The FDA’s regulations are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign clinical studies, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. They further help ensure that non-IND foreign studies are conducted in a manner comparable to that required for IND studies.
In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct a continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. An IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.
Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a clinical trial may move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of clinical trials can occur if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Other reasons for suspension or termination may be made by us based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.
Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on its ClinicalTrials.gov website.
Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA
Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.
Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

Phase 1.   The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness and to determine optimal dosage.

Phase 2.   The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

Phase 3.   The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.
Concurrent with clinical trials, companies often complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, purity, and potency of the final drug. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.
Submission of an NDA to the FDA
Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is subject to an application user fee, which for federal fiscal year 2018 is $2,421,495 for an application requiring clinical data. The sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to an annual prescription drug program fee, which for fiscal year 2018 is $304,162. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these fees, such as an exception from the application fee for drugs with orphan designation and a waiver for certain small businesses.
The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 days of its receipt and informs the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Most such applications are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date of filing, and most applications for “priority review” products are meant to be reviewed within six months of filing. For applications of drug products that are not new molecular entities, FDA aims to conduct standard reviews within 10 months of receipt of the NDA and priority reviews within 6 months of receipt of the NDA. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.
Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including drug component manufacturing (such as active pharmaceutical ingredients), finished drug product manufacturing, and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events, and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU may include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a product.
The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.
The FDA’s Decision on an NDA
On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.
If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.
Post-Approval Requirements
Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval.
In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.
In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.
Section 505(b)(2) NDAs
NDAs for most new drug products are based on two full clinical trials which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of the proposed new product. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations made to show whether or not the drug is safe for use and effective in use and relied upon by the applicant for approval of the application “were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”
Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the Section 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical studies or clinical trials of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.
Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs
In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress authorized the FDA to approve generic drugs that are the same as drugs previously approved by the FDA under the NDA provisions of the statute. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference-listed drug, or RLD.
Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if  “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug...”
Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, also referred to as the Orange Book. Clinicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing clinicians or patient.
Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. For the purposes of this provision, a new chemical entity, or NCE, is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.
The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication. Three-year exclusivity would be available for a drug product that contains a previously approved active moiety, provided the statutory requirement for a new clinical investigation is satisfied. Unlike five-year NCE exclusivity, an award of three-year exclusivity does not block the FDA from accepting ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product. The FDA typically makes decisions about awards of data exclusivity shortly before a product is approved.
Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay
Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.
Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

the required patent information has not been filed;

the listed patent has expired;
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.
A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval).
If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.
To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. As a result, approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.
Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity
Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. With enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act or FDASIA, in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests, and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other, and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.
The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.
Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the U.S. and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Patent Term Restoration and Extension
A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA. We cannot provide any assurance that any patent term extension with respect to any U.S. patent will be obtained and, if obtained, the duration of such extension, in connection with any of our product candidates.
The 21st Century Cures Act
On December 13, 2016, President Obama signed the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, into law. The Cures Act is designed to modernize and personalize healthcare, spur innovation and research, and streamline the discovery and development of new therapies through increased federal funding of particular programs. It authorizes increased funding for the FDA to spend on innovation projects. The new law also amends the Public Health Service Act to reauthorize and expand funding for the NIH. The Act establishes the NIH Innovation Fund to pay for the cost of development and implementation of a strategic plan, early stage investigators and research. It also charges NIH with leading and coordinating expanded pediatric research. Further, the Cures Act directs the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to expand surveillance of neurological diseases.
With amendments to the FDCA and the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, Title III of the Cures Act seeks to accelerate the discovery, development, and delivery of new medicines and medical technologies. To that end, and among other provisions, the Cures Act reauthorizes the existing priority review voucher program for certain drugs intended to treat rare pediatric diseases until 2020; creates a new priority review voucher program for drug applications determined to be material national security threat medical countermeasure applications; revises the FDCA to streamline review of combination product applications; requires FDA to evaluate the potential use of  “real world evidence” to help support approval of new indications for approved drugs; provides a new “limited population” approval pathway for antibiotic and antifungal drugs intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections; and authorizes FDA to designate a drug as a “regenerative advanced therapy,” thereby making it eligible for certain expedited review and approval designations.
Review and Approval of Drug Products in the European Union
In order to market any product outside of the U.S., a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, the company would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval process ultimately varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.
Procedures Governing Approval of Drug Products in the European Union
Pursuant to the European Clinical Trials Directive, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
system, an applicant must obtain approval from the competent national authority of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. Clinical trial application must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the European Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.
To obtain marketing approval of a product under European Union regulatory systems, an applicant must submit a marketing authorization application, or MAA, either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid for all European Union member states. The centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including for medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional.
Under the centralized procedure, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or the CHMP, established at the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, is responsible for conducting the initial assessment of a product. The CHMP is also responsible for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. In this circumstance, the EMA ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days.
The decentralized procedure is available to applicants who wish to market a product in various European Union member states where such product has not received marketing approval in any European Union member states before. The decentralized procedure provides for approval by one or more other, or concerned, member states of an assessment of an application performed by one member state designated by the applicant, known as the reference member state. Under this procedure, an applicant submits an application based on identical dossiers and related materials, including a draft summary of product characteristics, and draft labeling and package leaflet, to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a draft assessment report and drafts of the related materials within 210 days after receipt of a valid application. Within 90 days of receiving the reference member state’s assessment report and related materials, each concerned member state must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials.
If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed points are subject to a dispute resolution mechanism and may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states.
Within this framework, manufacturers may seek approval of hybrid medicinal products under Article 10(3) of Directive 2001/83/EC. Hybrid applications rely, in part, on information and data from a reference product and new data from appropriate preclinical tests and clinical trials. Such applications are necessary when the proposed product does not meet the strict definition of a generic medicinal product, or bioavailability studies cannot be used to demonstrate bioequivalence, or there are changes in the active substance(s), therapeutic indications, strength, pharmaceutical form or route of administration of the generic product compared to the reference medicinal product. In such cases the results of tests and clinical trials must be consistent with the data content standards required in the Annex to the Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended by Directive 2003/63/EC.
Hybrid medicinal product applications have automatic access to the centralized procedure when the reference product was authorized for marketing via that procedure. Where the reference product was authorized via the decentralized procedure, a hybrid application may be accepted for consideration under
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the centralized procedure if the applicant shows that the medicinal product constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation, or the granting of a community authorization for the medicinal product is in the interest of patients at the community level.
Clinical Trial Approval in the European Union
Requirements for the conduct of clinical trials in the European Union including Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, are set forth in the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the GCP Directive 2005/28/EC. Pursuant to Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC, as amended, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the E.U. member states. Under this system, approval must be obtained from the competent national authority of each E.U. member state in which a study is planned to be conducted. To this end, a CTA is submitted, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier, or IMPD, and further supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC and other applicable guidance documents. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application in that country.
In April 2014, the E.U. passed the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014, which will replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the European Union, the new E.U. clinical trials legislation was passed as a regulation that is directly applicable in all E.U. member states. All clinical trials performed in the European Union are required to be conducted in accordance with the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC until the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 becomes applicable. According to the current plans of EMA, the new Clinical Trials Regulation will become applicable in 2019. The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC will, however, still apply three years from the date of entry into application of the Clinical Trials Regulation to (i) clinical trials applications submitted before the entry into application and (ii) clinical trials applications submitted within one year after the entry into application if the sponsor opts for old system.
The new Clinical Trials Regulation aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trial in the European Union. The main characteristics of the regulation include: a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the E.U. portal; a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures that will spare sponsors from submitting broadly identical information separately to various bodies and different member states; a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts (Part I is assessed jointly by all member states concerned, and Part II is assessed separately by each member state concerned); strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial applications; and the involvement of the ethics committees in the assessment procedure in accordance with the national law of the member state concerned but within the overall timelines defined by the Clinical Trials Regulation.
Periods of Authorization and Renewals
Marketing authorization is valid for five years in principle and the marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. To this end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the European Commission or the competent authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the drug on the European Union market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization ceases to be valid (the so-called sunset clause).
Data and Market Exclusivity in the European Union
In the European Union, new chemical entities qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
generic (abbreviated) application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the sponsor is able to gain the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the product if such company can complete a full MAA with a complete database of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials and obtain marketing approval of its product.
Regulatory Requirements after Marketing Authorization
As in the U.S., both marketing authorization holders and manufacturers of medicinal products are subject to comprehensive regulatory oversight by the EMA and the competent authorities of the individual EU Member States both before and after grant of the manufacturing and marketing authorizations. The holder of an EU marketing authorization for a medicinal product must, for example, comply with EU pharmacovigilance legislation and its related regulations and guidelines which entail many requirements for conducting pharmacovigilance, or the assessment and monitoring of the safety of medicinal products. The manufacturing process for medicinal products in the European Union is also highly regulated and regulators may shut down manufacturing facilities that they believe do not comply with regulations. Manufacturing requires a manufacturing authorization, and the manufacturing authorization holder must comply with various requirements set out in the applicable EU laws, including compliance with EU cGMP standards when manufacturing medicinal products and active pharmaceutical ingredients.
In the European Union, the advertising and promotion of approved products are subject to EU Member States’ laws governing promotion of medicinal products, interactions with clinicians, misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices. In addition, other legislation adopted by individual EU Member States may apply to the advertising and promotion of medicinal products. These laws require that promotional materials and advertising in relation to medicinal products comply with the product’s Summary of Product Characteristics, or SmPC, as approved by the competent authorities. Promotion of a medicinal product that does not comply with the SmPC is considered to constitute off-label promotion, which is prohibited in the European Union.
Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement
Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Sales of products will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the U.S. such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage, and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, such products. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.
In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Nonetheless, product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. Additionally, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a drug product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the drug product. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development.
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The containment of healthcare costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.
Outside the U.S., ensuring adequate coverage and payment for our product candidates will face challenges. Pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control in many countries. Pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can extend well beyond the receipt of regulatory marketing approval for a product and may require us to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our product candidates or products to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in our commercialization efforts.
In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular drug candidate to currently available therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements.
Healthcare Law and Regulation
Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted regulatory approval. Arrangements with providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain our business and/or financial arrangements. Such restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willingly executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

the federal transparency requirements known as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or the Affordable Care Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value to clinicians and teaching hospitals and clinician ownership and investment interests; and

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to healthcare items or services that are reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.
Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to clinicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
Healthcare Reform
A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. There have been several federal and state proposals during the last few years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and reimbursement for drugs and other medical products, government control and other changes to the healthcare system in the U.S.
In March 2010, the U.S. Congress enacted the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, which, among other things, includes changes to the coverage and payment for products under government healthcare programs. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential drug candidates are:

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic products, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and generic drugs and revising the definition of  “average manufacturer price,” or AMP, for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on outpatient prescription drug prices and extending rebate liability to prescriptions for individuals enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans;

addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;

established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide a 50% point-of-sale-discount off the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;

the Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, which has authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. However, the IPAB implementation has been not been clearly defined. The ACA provided that under certain circumstances, IPAB recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings; and

established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the ACA was enacted. For example, in August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2012 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.
With the new Administration and Congress, there may be additional legislative changes, including potentially repeal and replacement of certain provisions of the ACA. It remains to be seen, however, whether new legislation will be enacted and, if so, precisely what any new legislation will provide and what impact it will have on the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. It is possible that any repeal and replacement initiatives, if enacted into law, could ultimately result in fewer individuals having health insurance coverage or in individuals having insurance coverage with less generous benefits. While the timing and scope of any potential future legislation to repeal and replace ACA provisions is highly uncertain in many respects, it is also possible that some of the ACA provisions that generally are not favorable for the research-based pharmaceutical industry could also be repealed along with ACA coverage expansion provisions.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT
Set forth below is information regarding our current directors, director nominees and executive officers. Each director holds his office until he resigns or is removed and his successor is elected and qualified.
Name
Age
Position
Tsontcho Ianchulev, M.D., M.P.H.
44
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and Director
Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby
64
Vice President, Clinical Operations
Luke Clauson
39
Vice President, Research & Development
Curt LaBelle, M.D., M.B.A
47
Director
Fred Eshelman, Pharm.D.
69
Director and Chairman
Ernest Mario, Ph.D.
79
Director
Shuhei Yoshida
45
Director
Executive Officers
Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev has been serving as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since inception. From 2009 to February 2016, he was the chief medical officer and the head of technology and business development for Transcend Medical (acquired by Alcon/Novartis). Prior to that, while at Genentech, Inc., Dr. Ianchulev headed the ophthalmology research group and directed the development and the FDA approval of Lucentis. Dr. Ianchulev received his bachelor of science from the University of Rochester. Dr. Ianchulev received both his medical degree and a master’s of public health from Harvard University and completed his specialty training at the Doheny Eye Institute, University of Southern California. Currently, Dr. Ianchulev serves as a professor in the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary of Mount Sinai. We believe Dr. Ianchulev’s experience in drug discovery and development of pharmaceutical products and in the operation of biopharmaceutical businesses is valuable to our board and our company.
Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby has worked in the field of regulated medical products during most of her career. She has been serving as our Vice President, Clinical Operations since September 2017. From 2009 to September 2017, she served as Vice President, Clinical & Regulatory Affairs/Quality Assurance at Transcend Medical, an early-stage, venture-backed company developing novel products for management of glaucoma, which was acquired by Alcon in May 2016. In that position, she was responsible for overseeing clinical operations and regulatory processes for the company’s clinical trials in the US, Europe and Latin America, as well as worldwide regulatory affairs, quality assurance and compliance activities. Previously, Ms. Clasby worked with ophthalmic device companies American Medical Optics and Optical Radiation Corporation in various roles in the areas of Clinical Affairs, Manufacturing Operations and Marketing/Sales. She was also a pivotal executive with Promedica International, a contract research organization, from 1994 to 2009. She serves on the University of California-Irvine Extension Life Science Advisory Committee. She holds an MS degree in Industrial Engineering from Arizona State University and BS degrees in Mathematics & Physics from Guilford College.
Luke Clauson has been serving as our Vice President, Research & Development since April 2017. He founded a medical device-focused engineering development company, Innovative Drive Corporation, that has helped businesses of all sizes conceptualize and bring dozens of products to market, including several in ophthalmology in 2014 and has been serving as its President since then. From 2009 to March 2016, Mr. Clauson was Vice President, Research & Development and Operations at Transcend Medical, which developed a micro-stent for glaucoma and was acquired by Alcon. He started his engineering career at Cardica, where he eventually directed product development for the core anastomotic business. Mr. Clauson has extensive experience in designing, validating, achieving regulatory approval and scaling for commercialization with multiple products. He holds a bachelor of science in mechanical engineering degree from the University of California, Davis.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Non-Employee Directors
Dr. Curt LaBelle has been serving as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2014. Dr. LaBelle previously served as a member of the board of directors of Sirion Therapeutics, Inc., a company that developed Durezol for ophthalmic post-operative inflammation (acquired by Alcon, Inc.) and Zirgan for ocular herpetic keratitis (acquired by Bausch & Lomb Holdings, Inc.), as well as a development program for a topical vancomycin for serious eye infections (acquired by Perrigo Company plc). He is the managing partner of the Global Health Investment Fund (July 2015–current) and was previously a managing director at Tullis Health Investors Inc. (2008–2015). Dr. LaBelle has served as chairman of the board of Impulse Monitoring (acquired by NuVasive, Inc.), Exagen Diagnostics, and SafeOp Surgical, Ins. He was also a Board member at KAI Pharmaceuticals, a pharmaceutical company developing drugs for patients with chronic kidney disease which was sold to Amgen Inc. in 2012, and TransMolecular, Inc., a neuroscience biotechnology company developing products to treat central nervous system disorders which was sold to Morphotek, Inc. in 2011. He has also served in board or other advisory capacities with Coherex Medical, Inc. (sold to J&J), Endoscopic Technologies, Inc. d/b/a Estech (sold to AtriCure) and Vidacare (sold to Teleflex), among others. Dr. LaBelle holds M.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Columbia University and a B.S. in Economics from Brigham Young University. Dr. LaBelle’s extensive experience serving as a venture capitalist and board member to numerous companies in the healthcare industry is valuable to our board and our company.
Dr. Fred Eshelman has been serving as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2014. He has more than 35 years of strategic development, executive, operational and financial leadership experience in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries. Dr. Eshelman was the founder of Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. and founding chairman of Furiex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In 2014, Dr. Eshelman founded Eshelman Ventures, LLC, an investment company focused on healthcare companies. From 2009 to 2014, Dr. Eshelman served as chairman of the Board of Furiex. Since September, 2015, he has been serving as chairman of The Medicines Company. From 2009 to 2011, he served as executive chairman of Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. He also served as chief executive officer of Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. from 1990 to 2009 and as vice chairman of its Board of Directors from 1993 to 2009. Dr. Eshelman currently serves on the board of directors of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. and G1 Therapeutics, Inc. Dr. Eshelman received a bachelor’s degree in pharmacy from UNC Chapel Hill and a doctorate in pharmacy from the University of Cincinnati, and he completed an OPM program at Harvard University. Dr. Eshelman also received an honorary doctor of science from UNC Chapel Hill. We believe Dr. Eshelman’s experience in drug discovery and development of pharmaceutical products and in strategic planning at a variety of biopharmaceutical companies is of considerable importance and is valuable to our board and our company.
Dr. Ernest Mario has been serving as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2014. Between September 2010 and October 2011, Dr. Mario served as a director of Tonix Sub. Dr. Mario is a former deputy chairman and chief executive of Glaxo Holdings plc and former chairman and chief executive officer of ALZA Corporation. Since April 2014, Dr. Mario has served as Chairman of Soleno Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Capnia, Inc.), a specialty pharmaceutical company in Palo Alto, CA. Between August 2007 and February 2014, Dr. Mario served as the chief executive officer and chairman of Soleno Therapeutics, Inc. and between February 2014 and April 2014, Dr. Mario served as executive chairman. From 2003 to 2007, he was chairman and chief executive officer of Reliant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Mario is currently a director of Soleno Therapeutics, Inc. (since 2007), Celgene Corp. (since 2007) and Chimerix, Inc. (since February 2013). Dr. Mario is also chairman of Chimerix. Dr. Mario served as a director of Boston Scientific Corp. (2001–2016), Kindred Biosciences, Inc. (2013–2016), VIVUS Inc. (2012–2013), XenoPort Inc. (2012–2015), and Maxygen Inc. (2001–2013). He serves as an advisor to The Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy at Rutgers University. In 2007, Dr. Mario was awarded the Remington Medal by the American Pharmacists’ Association, pharmacy’s highest honor. Dr. Mario received a Ph.D. and an M.S. in physical sciences from the University of Rhode Island and a B.S. in pharmacy from Rutgers University. Dr. Mario brings significant executive leadership experience, including his experience leading several pharmaceutical companies and extensive experience in financial and operations management, risk oversight, and quality and business strategy and thus, is valuable to our board and company.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Shuhei Yoshida has been serving as member of our Board of Directors since December 2014. Mr. Yoshida has extensive executive and operational experience in the international pharmaceutical industry. Since June 2010, Mr. Yoshida has been serving as the executive vice president and head of Corporate Strategic Planning at Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., a leading, privately owned specialty pharmaceutical research, development, manufacturing and sales company located in Osaka, Japan, with global subsidiaries, branch offices and joint venture relationships throughout the world, including in the U.S., Canada, South America, Europe, Middle East, Asia and Africa. Mr. Yoshida’s experience in pharmaceutical industry makes him valuable to our board and company.
Family Relationships
None of our officers and directors have any family relationship.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws both provide for the indemnification of our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
Election of Directors and Officers
Directors are elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers are appointed to serve until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified.
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
Our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Ianchulev, and two members of our Board of Directors, Dr. Ernest and Dr. Eshelman, are named as defendants in a legal proceeding filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on September 2, 2014 that has not yet been fully resolved in connection with our asset purchase from Corinthian Opthalmic, Inc. A shareholder of Corinthian, alleging a fraudulent transfer, is seeking to recover the purchase price of its Corinthian shares and other damages in the aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 million. A settlement conference was conducted on July 24, 2017, however, the parties are not close to agreement on a settlement. On November 20, 2017, the Court denied each party’s motion for summary judgment. A pretrial conference is scheduled with the Court for January 22, 2018. We are indemnified by Corinthian in this litigation and Corinthian’s applicable insurance policy provides coverage of  $10,000,000. As a result, we do not expect to incur a material loss as a result of this litigation.
No executive officer, director or director nominee of ours has been convicted in any criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations) or is the subject of a criminal proceeding which is currently pending.
No executive officer, director or director nominee of ours has been the subject of any order, judgment, or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, or any regulatory agency permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring suspending or otherwise limiting him/her from acting as an investment advisor, underwriter, broker or dealer in the securities industry, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of an investment company, bank, savings and loan association, or insurance company or from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity or in connection with the purchase or sale of any securities. Other than disclosed above, no executive officer, director or director nominee of ours is the subject of any pending legal proceedings.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Director Independence and Board Committees
Director Independence
Of our current directors, our Board of Directors has determined that Dr. Eshelman and Dr. Mario are “independent” under the Nasdaq listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of our Board of Directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. We are in the process of appointing 2 more independent directors to our Board of Directors to satisfy the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.
Any affiliated transactions will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Our Board of Directors will review and approve all affiliated transactions with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.
Board Committees
Our Board of Directors has established two standing committees — Audit and Compensation. All standing committees operate under a charter that has been approved by our Board of Directors.
Audit Committee
Our Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, composed of Dr. Eshelman and Dr. Mario each of whom are independent directors as defined in accordance with section Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and Nasdaq listing rules. Dr. Eshelman serves as chairman of the committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Dr. Eshelman is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. We are in the process of appointing one more independent director to the Audit Committee to satisfy the Nasdaq corporate governance requirement.
Our Audit Committee oversees our corporate accounting, financial reporting practices and the audits of financial statements. The Audit Committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.
The Audit Committee has a charter, which will be reviewed annually.
Compensation Committee
Our Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee composed of Dr. Eshelman and Dr. Mario each of whom are independent in accordance with Nasdaq listing rules. Dr. Mario will serve as the chairman of the committee upon the consummation of this offering. The Compensation Committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.
The Compensation Committee has a charter, which will be reviewed annually.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq listing rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.
The Board of Directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board of Directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.
We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Board of Directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at http://www.eyenoviabio.com/​. The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our code of business conduct and ethics and any waivers applicable to any director, executive officer or employee. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives, on our website identified above.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following discussion relates to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer, Tsontcho Ianchulev, for fiscal years 2015 and 2016.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
($)
Bonus
($)
Option
awards
($)(1)
All other
compensation
($)
Total
($)
Tsontcho Ianchulev
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer
2016 $ 265,600(2) $ 265,600
2015 $ 144,000(2) $ 211,700(3)(4) $ 355,700
(1)
The amounts reported in the “Option awards” column reflect the aggregate fair value of stock-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 9 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.
(2)
Tsontcho Ianchulev and Curt LaBelle, a member of our Board of Directors, are both partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. We entered into a consulting agreement with Private Medical Equity, Inc. on November 4, 2014 pursuant to which we pay $33,200 per month to Private Medical Equity, Inc. in consulting fees for general management and strategy services. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred aggregate expenses of  $398,400 and $398,400, respectively, related to our agreement with Private Medical Equity, Inc., of which, $265,600 and $144,000, respectively, was compensation attributable to Tsontcho Ianchulev.
(3)
During 2015, we granted an option to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.33 per share to Tsontcho Ianchulev. The option had a grant date value of  $43,400.
(4)
In addition to the option grant to Tsontcho Ianchulev directly, during 2015, we granted an option to purchase 1,050,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of  $0.33 per share to Private Medical Equity, Inc. The option had a grant date value of  $336,600, 50% of which, or $168,300, is attributable to Tsontcho Ianchulev.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Employment Agreements
Except as set forth below, we currently have no written employment agreements with any of our officers, directors, or key employees.
Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev
Tsontcho Ianchulev and Curt LaBelle, a member of our Board of Directors, are both partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. We entered into a consulting agreement with Private Medical Equity, Inc. on November 4, 2014 pursuant to which we pay of  $33,200 per month to Private Medical Equity, Inc. in consulting fees for general management and strategy services. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred aggregate expenses of  $398,400 and $398,400, respectively, related to our agreement with Private Medical Equity, Inc.
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We entered into an engagement letter with Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev dated as of July 6, 2017. Prior to entering into this engagement letter, Dr. Ianchulev served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer and was compensated by his relationship to Private Medical Equity. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional details. Under the terms of the engagement letter, Dr. Ianchulev continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer. Starting July 1, 2017, he will be entitled to receive a monthly salary of  $32,083, in addition to benefits available to similarly-situated employees. He will also be entitled to receive options to purchase 1,503,960 shares of our common stock under our 2014 Stock Plan. Dr. Ianchulev’s engagement letter further provides that he will be bound by the terms of our standard employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement.
Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby
We entered into an engagement letter with Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby dated as of July 6, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the engagement letter, starting on August 1, 2017, Ms. Clasby served as our Vice President, Clinical Operations on a part time basis for two days a week for a salary of  $9,167 per month and $175 per hour for any additional work. Commencing late 2017 or early 2018, we have the option to engage Ms. Clasby as a full time employee with a base salary of  $275,000 per year. In addition, she is granted options to purchase 300,792 shares of our common stock, 75% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 36 months starting from the date of grant and 25% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 12 months upon certain milestone. If, following a change in control, her employment is terminated without cause, and provided she signs a general release within thirty (30) days of such termination, she is entitled to receive severance payments at her final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, for a six (6) month period.
Luke Clauson
We entered into an engagement letter with Luke Clauson dated as of July 6, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the engagement letter, starting on August 1, 2017, Mr. Clauson served as our Vice President, Research and Development on a part time basis for two days a week for a salary of  $9,167 per month and $175 per hour for any additional work. Commencing late 2017 or early 2018, we have the option to engage Mr. Clauson as a full time employee with a base salary of  $275,000 per year. In addition, he is granted options to purchase 375,990 shares of our common stock, 75% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 36 months starting from the date of grant and 25% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 12 months upon certain milestone. If, following a change in control, his employment is terminated without cause, and provided he signs a general release within thirty (30) days of such termination, he is entitled to receive severance payments at his final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, for a six (6) month period.
Indemnification Agreements
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.
Eyenovia, Inc. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014 Plan, was adopted on December 14, 2014 and amended by our Board of Directors in August 2016 for the purpose of furthering our growth, development and success by offering employees, directors and consultants a continuing equity interest in our company. The Plan authorizes grants of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stocks and restricted stock units.
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Under the terms of the 2014 Plan, as amended, a committee designated by our Board of Directors was authorized to issue up to 6,500,000 shares of our common stock underlying grants under the 2014 Plan. The number and kind of awards outstanding, and made available for future grants, would have been automatically adjusted in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination or exchange, recapitalization, a merger or consolidation or any other similar occurrence.
Employees, directors and consultants of our Company and our affiliates are eligible to receive grants under our 2014 Plan. The exercise price of any options or stock appreciation rights may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock. Options and stock appreciation rights may only be exercised while the participant remains an employee, director or consultant, unless otherwise allowed by the committee.
The 2014 Plan may be amended by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion, retroactively or otherwise but such amendments may not materially affect any outstanding grant under the 2014 Plan without the consent of the recipient of such grant.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
The following table sets forth information regarding all outstanding stock options and restricted stock held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016:
Option Awards
Name
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
Equity
incentive
plan
awards;
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
Option
exercise
price
($)
Option
expiration
date
Tsontcho Ianchulev
675,000(1) $ 0.33
03/23/2025
(1)
Includes an option to purchase 1,050,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of  $0.33 per share issued to Private Medical Equity, Inc. Tsontcho Ianchulev and Curt LaBelle are both partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. As a result, the option is allocated equally to each of Tsontcho Ianchulev and Curt LaBelle.
Changes in Control
There are no arrangements, known to the Company, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.
Compensation of Directors
None of our directors received any compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, with the exception of Curt LaBelle, who was compensated through his relationship to Private Medical Equity. In addition, he entered into a consulting agreement with us on July 6, 2017 through Cura Partners, to provide consulting services not to exceed 2 days a week. He is entitled to receive $9,567 per month and $250 per hour for any additional work. In addition, he was granted options to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock, 75% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 36 months starting from the date of grant and 25% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 12 months upon certain milestone. We may terminate such engagement upon 120 days’ notice or immediately for cause. Since July 2016, we have paid $3,000 per month to a company controlled by Curt LaBelle for office space in New York, New York for our principal office. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded rent expense of $18,000 and $0, respectively, for the office space. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional details.
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed above under “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since our inception to which we have been or will be a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
In October 2014, we issued and sold 1,750,000 shares of common stock to Private Medical Equity, Inc., an entity owned by Tsontcho Ianchulev, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer, and Curt LaBelle, a member of our Board of Directors, for $0.0001 per share.
In October 2014, we issued and sold 1,750,000 shares of common stock to PointGuard Partners, LLC, a stockholder of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, for $0.0001 per share.
Tsontcho Ianchulev, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer, and Curt LaBelle, a member of our Board of Directors, are both partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. We entered into a consulting agreement with Private Medical Equity, Inc. on November 4, 2014 pursuant to which we pay of $33,200 per month to Private Medical Equity, Inc. in consulting fees for general management and strategy services. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred aggregate expenses of  $398,400 and $398,400, respectively, related to our agreement with Private Medical Equity, Inc.
PointGuard Partners, LLC, a stockholder of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, entered into a consulting agreement with us for research and development services. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred aggregate expenses of  $366,209 and $407,613, respectively, under the consulting agreement.
Since July 2016, we have paid $3,000 per month to a company controlled by Curt LaBelle for office space in New York, New York for our principal office. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded rent expense of  $18,000 and $0, respectively, for the office space. In addition, he entered into a consulting agreement with us on July 6, 2017 through Cura Partners, to provide consulting services not to exceed 2 days a week. He is entitled to receive $9,567 per month and $250 per hour for any additional work. In addition, he is granted options to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock, 75% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 36 months starting from the date of grant and 25% of which vests in equal monthly installments over 12 months upon certain milestone.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.
Statement of Policy
All future transactions between us and our officers, directors or 5% stockholders, and respective affiliates will be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and will be approved by a majority of our independent directors who do not have an interest in the transactions and who had access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or independent legal counsel.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
To the best of our knowledge, during the past three fiscal years, other than as set forth above, there were no material transactions, or series of similar transactions, or any currently proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which we were or are to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any director or executive officer, or any security holder who is known by us to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of any class of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, has an interest (other than compensation to our officers and directors in the ordinary course of business).
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the ownership of our common stock as of the date of December 15, 2017, with respect to: (i) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock; (ii) all directors; (iii) all named executive officers; and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC that deem shares to be beneficially owned by any person who has voting or investment power with respect to such shares. Shares of common stock subject to options or warrants that are exercisable as of December 15, 2017 or are exercisable within 60 days of such date are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such securities for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Evenovia Inc., 501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1404, New York, NY 10017.
Name of Beneficial Owner
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
Number
Percentage(1)
Number
Percentage(2)
Tsontcho Ianchulev(3)
5,332,357 17.4% 5,332,357
Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby(4)
58,487 * 58,487
Luke Clauson(5)
73,109 * 73,109
Curt LaBelle(6)
5,104,336 16.8% 5,104,336
Fred Eshelman(7)
4,938,587 15.9% 4,938,587
Ernest Mario(8)
758,177 2.8% 758,177
Shuhei Yoshida(9)
6,142,537 18.5% 6,142,537
All directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons)(16)
17,550,476 42.1% 17,550,476
5% Stockholders:
Senju Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.(10)
6,069,621 18.3% 6,069,621
Private Medical Equity, Inc.(11)
2,800,000 10.0% 2,800,000
PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC(12)
2,057,114 7.1% 2,057,114
PointGuard Partners, LLC(13)
1,750,000 6.5% 1,750,000
John J. Mack(14)
1,703,494 6.1% 1,703,494
Barry Butler(15)
4,175,000 15.1% 4,175,000
 * 
Less than 1%.
(1)
Applicable percentages based on 9,624,488 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 15, 2017, and giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 17,400,772 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. Percentages do not include any shares of common stock issued in this offering.
(2)
Applicable percentages are based on                 shares outstanding which assumes the automatic conversion of our preferred stock and the issuance of                 shares of common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of  $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.
(3)
Tsontcho Ianchulev is our Chief Executive Officer. Includes (i) 32,807 shares of common stock and 442,436 shares underlying options held by Tsontcho Ianchulev directly that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017, (ii) 1,750,000 shares of common stock and 1,050,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Private Medical Equity, Inc. that are exercisable within
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
60 days of December 15, 2017 and (iii) 1,700,000 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock and 357,114 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock held by PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC. Tsontcho Ianchulev is one of the two principal shareholders of Private Medical Equity, Inc. and a manager of PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC and therefore, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by Private Medical Equity, Inc. and PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC.
(4)
Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby is our Vice President, Clinical Operations. Includes 58,487 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017.
(5)
Luke Clauson is our Vice President, Research and Development. Includes 73,109 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017.
(6)
Curt LaBelle is a member of our Board of Directors. Includes (i) 247,222 shares of common stock underlying options held by Curt LaBelle directly that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017, (ii) 1,750,000 shares of common stock and 1,050,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Private Medical Equity, Inc. that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017 and (iii) 1,700,000 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock and 357,114 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock held by PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC. Curt LaBelle is one of the two principal shareholders of Private Medical Equity, Inc. and a manager of PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC and therefore, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by Private Medical Equity, Inc. and PME Investor Services Eyenovia, LLC.
(7)
Fred Eshelman is a member of our Board of Directors. Includes (i) 904,074 shares of common stock, 2,154,196 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock, 460,835 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock and 222,916 shares underlying options held by Fred Eshelman directly that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017 and (ii) 168,750 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock, 816,950 shares of common stock underlying Series A-2 preferred stock and 210,866 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock held by Eshelman Ventures LLC. Fred Eshelman is the manager of Eshelman Ventures LLC and therefore, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by Eshelman Ventures LLC.
(8)
Ernest Mario is a member of our Board of Directors. Includes 257,067 shares of common stock, 168,750 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock, 109,444 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock and 222,916 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017.
(9)
Shuhei Yoshida is a member of our Board of Directors. Includes 72,916 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017.
(10)
Includes 5,000,000 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock and 1,069,621 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock. Senju Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. is owned by the family of Shuhei Yoshida. The address of Senju Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. is 2-5-8, Hirano-machi, Chuo-ku, Osaka, Japan.
(11)
Includes 1,750,000 shares of common stock and 1,050,000 shares of common stock underlying options.
(12)
Includes 1,700,000 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock and 357,114 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock.
(13)
Includes 1,750,000 shares of common stock. Barry Butler is the CEO and managing member of PointGuard Partners, LLC and therefore, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by PointGuard Partners, LLC. The address of PointGuard Partners, LLC is 400 N. Ashley St., Suite 2150, Tampa, Florida 33602.
(14)
Includes 607,848 shares of common stock, 608,349 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock, 294,216 shares of common stock underlying Series A-2 preferred stock and 193,081 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock. The address of John J. Mack is c/o Sunstreet Corp., 6 Club Rd., Rye New York 10580.
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(15)
Includes (i) 1,750,000 shares of common stock and 675,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Barry Butler directly and (ii) 1,750,000 shares of common stock held by Point Guard Partners, LLC. Barry Butler is the CEO and managing member of PointGuard Partners, LLC and therefore, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by PointGuard Partners, LLC. The address of Barry Butler is 960 S Florida Avenue, Tarpin Springs, FL 34689.
(16)
Includes 2,911,141 shares of common stock, 2,390,002 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 15, 2017, 9,224,503 shares of common stock underlying Series A preferred stock, 816,950 shares of common stock underlying Series A-2 preferred stock and 2,207,880 shares of common stock underlying Series B preferred stock.
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
General
Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes the issuance of up to 60,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 36,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The preferred stock has been designated as follows: 20,000,000 shares have been designated as Series A preferred stock, 5,714,286 shares have been designated as Series A-2 preferred stock and 10,000,000 shares have been designated as Series B preferred stock. As of December 15, 2017, we had 9,624,488 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, 10,996,614 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and outstanding, 2,958,100 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock issued and outstanding and 3,446,058 shares of Series B preferred stock issued and outstanding.
Common Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Each election of directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionately all assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any of our outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes the issuance of 36,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our Board of Directors. On October 9, 2014, we designated 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A preferred stock. On October 6, 2016, we designated 5,714,286 shares of preferred stock as Series A-2 preferred stock. In 2017, we designated 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock as Series B preferred stock. Accordingly, as of the date of this prospectus there are 285,714 shares of blank check preferred stock available for future designation. Accordingly, our Board of Directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business transaction. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us.
Series A Preferred Stock
As of December 15, 2017, we had 10,996,614 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and outstanding. Each share of Series A preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, each share of Series A preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, subject to certain adjustments. Series A preferred stock is not entitled to receive any annual dividend. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of our Company, holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive $1.00 per share pari passu with holders of Series A-2 preferred stock and in preference to holders of common stock.
Series A-2 Preferred Stock
As of December 15, 2017, we had 2,958,100 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock issued and outstanding. Each share of Series A-2 preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, each share of Series A-2 preferred
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
stock will automatically convert into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, subject to certain adjustments. Series A-2 preferred stock is not entitled to receive any annual dividend. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of our Company, holders of Series A-2 preferred stock are entitled to receive $1.40 per share pari passu with holders of Series A preferred stock and in preference to holders of common stock.
Series B Preferred Stock
As of December 15, 2017, we had 3,446,058 shares of Series B preferred stock issued and outstanding. Each share of Series B preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, each share of Series B preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, subject to certain adjustments. Series B preferred stock is entitled to receive dividend at an annual rate of  $0.1488 per share in preference to any dividends payable to all other equity securities. The dividend preference of any Series B preferred stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Series B preferred stock. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of our Company, holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive $1.86 per share in preference to holders of our other equity securities.
Options
As of December 15, 2017, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,316,534 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of  $0.45 per share, were outstanding.
Registration Rights
Demand Registration Rights
Pursuant to certain Investor’s Rights Agreement, as amended, or Rights Agreement, between us and the holders of our Series A preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, beginning on the earlier of 10 year anniversary of the Rights Agreement or the 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of 8,700,387 shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to conversion of all of our outstanding Series A preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, or Preferred Conversion Shares, or 1,723,030 shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to conversion of Series B preferred stock, or Series B Conversion Shares, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time, the holders of more than 50% of the Preferred Conversion Shares and holders of more than 50% of the Series B Conversion Shares can each, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover that number of shares with an anticipated offering price of at least $2.00 per share or aggregate offering price of at least $20 million. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing and 180 days following the effectiveness of a company-initiated registration statement relating to a public offering of our securities.
Piggyback Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately 17,400,772 shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to conversion of our Series A preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, debt securities or corporate reorganizations, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Form S-3 Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering and beginning on the earlier of 10 year anniversary of the Rights Agreement or the 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of approximately        shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to conversion of our Series A preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a written request that we register their shares of common stock on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1 million. These holders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3.
We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.
The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire upon the earlier of  (i) three years after the completion of this offering, or (ii) with respect to any particular stockholder, the date on which such stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90 day period.
Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect
Certain provisions set forth in our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws and Delaware law could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or making a tender offer or delaying or preventing a change in control, including changes a stockholder might consider favorable. Such provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management.
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
In particular, our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws, among other things:

provide that stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate persons for election to our Board of Directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings;

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or such other persons designated by the Board of Directors; and

provide that vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.
Delaware Law
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers. In general, DGCL Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder: (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers; and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our Board of Directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that DGCL Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                . The transfer agent’s address is                            , and its telephone number is                . Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.
Market Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EYEN.”
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares,      shares of common stock will be outstanding assuming an initial public offering price of  $     per share. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless held by an affiliate of ours. Of the remaining      shares of common stock outstanding after this offering that were not sold in this offering (including      shares issued upon conversion of Series A preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock or exercise of options), approximately      shares of common stock will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements (see “Lock-up Agreements” below) and approximately      shares of common stock will be freely tradable. The approximately      remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:      and approximately           restricted shares held by non-affiliates will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701 upon expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this offering.
The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our security holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market (except as described above); and

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,      additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which      shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 as described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
All of our directors and executive officers and all of our major stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements that, subject to certain exceptions, prohibit them from directly or indirectly offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, selling any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to purchase, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transferring or disposing of any shares of our common stock, options to acquire shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or entering into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfer, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. These agreements are described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701 and are subject to the lock-up agreements described above.
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, final, temporary or proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold such shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

partnerships or other pass-through entities;

tax-exempt organizations;

tax-qualified retirement plans;

dealers in securities or currencies;

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

controlled foreign corporations;

passive foreign investment companies;

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and

persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.
If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock (and such partnership) should consult their own tax advisors.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:

an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or any other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

a trust if: (i) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of shares of our common stock), such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or our accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “— Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock” below.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.
If a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on shares of our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form).
Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S. and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the U.S.;

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.
We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S.holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S.holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Legislation and administrative guidance, commonly referred to as “FATCA”, may impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid after July 1, 2014 and the proceeds of a sale of our common stock paid after December 31, 2018 to a “foreign financial institution”, as specially defined under such rules, and certain other foreign entities, unless various information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in, or accounts with, those entities) have been
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
met or an exemption applies. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNDERWRITING
We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated            , 2018, with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, acting as representatives of the underwriters and joint book-running managers of this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed to purchase the number of our securities set forth opposite its name below.
Underwriter
Number of shares
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Roth Capital Partners, LLC
        
Total
      
We have been advised by the underwriters that they proposes to offer the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers will be sold at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of            per share. The underwriters may allow, and these selected dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than           per share to other brokers and dealers.
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the shares we are offering is subject to the terms and conditions described therein.
No action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. None of our shares included in this offering may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sales of any of the shares offered hereby be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons who receive this prospectus are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering of shares and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of any offer to buy the shares in any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.
The underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to           additional shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount and commission. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares offered by this prospectus.
Underwriting Discount and Expenses
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and commission, and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise of the option we granted to the underwriters to purchase additional shares.
Total
Per share
No exercise
Full exercise
Public offering price
$         $         $        
Underwriting discounts and commissions
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $       . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to this offering of up to $       .
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Determination of Offering Price
Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the history and prospects of other companies in the industry in which we compete; our financial information; an assessment of our management and their experience; an assessment of our business potential and earning prospects; the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies; and other factors deemed relevant. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Lock-up Agreements
We and all of our officers and directors and all of our major stockholders have agreed, that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the lock-up period, subject to certain limited exceptions described below, we and they will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the underwriters offer for sale, contract to sell, sell, distribute, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock. Certain limited transfers are permitted during the lock-up period if the transferee agrees to these lock-up restrictions. We have also agreed, in the underwriting agreement, to similar lock-up restrictions on the issuance and sale of our securities for 180 days following the closing of this offering, although we will be permitted to issue stock options or stock awards to directors, officers and employees under our existing equity incentive plans. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, waive the terms of any of these lock-up agreements.
Stabilization
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. Since there is no over-allotment option, if the underwriters would have a naked short position, it can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the security originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and selected dealers against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter or selected dealers may be required to make for these liabilities.
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EYEN.”
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of our common stock for sale to its online brokerage account holders.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory, investment banking, and other services for us, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the accounts of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to their customers that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Selling Restrictions
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each a Relevant Member State), an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or the underwriters of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision: (i) the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State; (ii) the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State; and (iii) the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
United Kingdom
The underwriters have represented and agreed that:

they only communicated or caused to be communicated, and will only communicate or cause to be communicated, an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by them in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

they have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by them in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from, or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented by Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York, in connection with this offering.
EXPERTS
Our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 included in this prospectus have been audited by Marcum, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance on such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or view them online. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as the exhibits thereto. These documents, along with future reports, proxy statements, and other information about us, are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.eyenoviabio.com/​. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Number
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
F-21
F-22
F-23
F-24
F-25
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Eyenovia, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Eyenovia, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eyenovia, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
New York, NY
November 15, 2017
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Balance Sheets
December 31,
2016
2015
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash
$ 3,387,288 $ 2,492,611
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
2,335 312,833
Total Current Assets
3,389,623 2,805,444
Property and equipment, net
43,192 12,875
Total Assets
$ 3,432,815 $ 2,818,319
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 302,031 $ 246,522
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
121,703 173,301
Total Current Liabilities
423,734 419,823
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 36,000,000 shares authorized;
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 20,000,000 shares designated, 12,121,102 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, liquidation preference of  $12,121,102 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
1,212 1,212
Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 5,714,286 shares designated,
2,958,100 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31,
2016 and 2015, respectively, liquidation preference of  $4,141,338 and
$0 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
296
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000,000 shares designated, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, liquidation preference of  $0 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized; 8,500,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015
850 850
Additional paid-in capital
17,137,922 12,994,190
Accumulated deficit
(14,131,199) (10,597,756)
Total Stockholders’ Equity
3,009,081 2,398,496
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$ 3,432,815 $ 2,818,319
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended,
December 31,
2016
2015
Operating Expenses:
Research and development
$ 2,966,165 $ 2,783,200
General and administrative
568,775 1,486,401
Total Operating Expenses
3,534,940 4,269,601
Loss From Operations
(3,534,940) (4,269,601)
Other Income:
Interest income
1,497 2,412
Total Other Income
1,497 2,412
Net Loss
$ (3,533,443) $ (4,267,189)
Net Loss Per Share–Basic and Diluted
$ (0.42) $ (0.50)
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding–Basic and Diluted
8,500,000 8,500,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
Convertible Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Series A
Series A-2
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance–January 1, 2015
7,121,102 $ 712 $ 8,500,000 $ 850 $ 7,120,890 $ (6,330,567) $ 791,885
Issuance of Series A convertible
preferred stock
5,000,000 500 4,999,500 5,000,000
Stock-based compensation
873,800 873,800
Net loss
(4,267,189) (4,267,189)
Balance–December 31, 2015
12,121,102 $ 1,212 8,500,000 $ 850 $ 12,994,190 $ (10,597,756) $ 2,398,496
Issuance of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock
2,958,100 296 4,141,042 4,141,338
Stock-based compensation
2,690 2,690
Net loss
(3,533,443) (3,533,443)
Balance–December 31, 2016
12,121,102 $ 1,212 2,958,100 $ 296 8,500,000 $ 850 $ 17,137,922 $ (14,131,199) $ 3,009,081
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net loss
$ (3,533,443) $ (4,267,189)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
12,802 9,698
Gain on sale of property and equipment
(2,702)
Stock-based compensation
2,690 873,800
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
310,498 (312,833)
Accounts payable
55,509 84,135
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
(51,598) (216,055)
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities
(3,203,542) (3,831,146)
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Sale of property and equipment
4,790
Purchases of property and equipment
(43,119) (4,967)
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
(43,119) (177)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Proceeds from sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
5,000,000
Proceeds from sale of Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock
4,141,338
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities
4,141,338 5,000,000
Net Increase in Cash
894,677 1,168,677
Cash–Beginning of Year
2,492,611 1,323,934
Cash–End of Year
$ 3,387,288 $ 2,492,611
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
Cash Paid During the Periods For:
Interest
$ $
Income taxes
$ $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 1 — Business Organization and Nature of Operations
Eyenovia, Inc. (“Eyenovia” or the “Company”) was organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Florida on March 12, 2014 under the name, PGP Holdings V, Inc. On May 5, 2014, PGP Holdings V, Inc. changed its name to Eyenovia, Inc. On October 6, 2014, Eyenovia, Inc. reincorporated in the State of Delaware by merging into Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Eyenovia is a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of ophthalmology products utilizing its patented piezo-print technology to deliver micro-doses (6–8 µL) of active pharmaceutical ingredients (or “micro-therapeutics”) topically to the eye. This disruptive micro-dosing technology has the potential to replace traditional macro-dosing applications (e.g. conventional eye droppers), that routinely overdoses or under-doses the topical administration of ophthalmic therapeutics.
In appropriate circumstances, Eyenovia intends to use the regulatory pathway under Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, which enables a potentially shorter development timeline for its product candidates by allowing it to rely, in part, upon published literature or the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for an approved product. Eyenovia has received written FDA feedback indicating that it can proceed to Phase III clinical trials for two of its lead programs: MicroProst, a novel micro-therapeutic latanoprost formulation for chronic angle closure glaucoma (“CACG”), an indication with no FDA-approved drug treatments; and MicroStat, a fixed combination of micro-therapeutic phenylephrine-tropicamide formulation for mydriasis, also known as pupil dilation for use in eye exams. MicroTears, its over-the-counter (“OTC”) treatment for dry eye will not require Phase III studies, and Eyenovia plans to proceed with registration activities.
On October 10, 2014, Eyenovia entered into an asset purchase agreement and plan of reorganization with Corinthian Ophthalmic, Inc. (“Corinthian”) (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, Corinthian agreed to sell its intellectual property portfolio and related assets to Eyenovia for an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of common stock of Eyenovia. In addition, Corinthian’s noteholders received an aggregate of 5,421,102 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Eyenovia in satisfaction of notes payable with an aggregate principal balance of  $5,421,102. See Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity for additional details. As a result of the high degree of common ownership between the parties, the transaction was deemed to lack economic substance and, as a result, was recorded at historical carry-over basis.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Liquidity and Financial Condition
The Company incurred net losses of  $3,533,443 and $4,267,189 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s working capital and accumulated deficit were $2,965,889 and $14,131,199, respectively. The Company has not yet generated revenues or achieved profitability and it is expected that its research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, the Company will eventually need to generate significant product revenues to achieve profitability. Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company raised aggregate net proceeds of  $6,809,988 in connection with a Series B Convertible Preferred Stock purchase agreement. See Note 10 — Subsequent Events for additional details.
The Company believes its current cash on hand is sufficient to meet its operating and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of the issuance of this report. Thereafter, the Company will need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities, to support its future operations. The Company’s operating needs include the planned costs to operate its business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. The Company’s future capital requirements and the adequacy of its available funds will depend on many factors, including the Company’s ability to successfully commercialize its products and services, competing technological and
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings.
If the Company is unable to secure additional capital, it may be required to curtail its research and development initiatives and take additional measures to reduce costs in order to conserve its cash.
Use of Estimates
Preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the amounts disclosed in the related notes to the financial statements. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The amounts of assets and liabilities reported in the Company’s balance sheets and the amounts of expenses reported for each of the periods presented are affected by estimates and assumptions, which are used for, but not limited to, fair value calculations for equity securities, establishing valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, stock-based compensation, the recoverability and useful lives of long-lived assets and the recovery of deferred costs. Certain of the Company’s estimates could be affected by external conditions, including those unique to the Company and general economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that these external factors could have an effect on the Company’s estimates and could cause actual results to differ from those estimates.
See Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation for additional discussion of the use of estimates in estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock.
Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no cash equivalents.
The Company has cash on deposits in several financial institutions which, at times, may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of its financial institutions. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had cash balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits of $3,137,288 and $2,242,611, respectively.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, which is recorded commencing at the in-service date using the straight-line method at rates sufficient to charge the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives, which range from 2 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of  (a) the useful life of the asset; or (b) the remaining lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company capitalizes costs attributable to the betterment of property and equipment when such betterment extends the useful life of the assets.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets subject to amortization are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
The Company reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
would be recognized when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. The Company has not recorded any impairment losses at December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Preferred Stock
The Company applies the accounting standards for distinguishing liabilities from equity when determining the classification and measurement of its preferred stock. Preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable preferred shares (including preferred shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, preferred shares are classified as stockholders’ equity.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates its convertible instruments to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivative financial instruments to be separately accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record embedded conversion options and any related freestanding instruments at their fair values as of the inception date of the agreement and at fair value as of each subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-operating, non-cash income or expense for each reporting period at each balance sheet date. The Company reassesses the classification of its derivative instruments at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the contract is reclassified as of the date of the event that caused the reclassification. Embedded conversion options and any related freestanding instruments are recorded as a discount to the host instrument.
If the instrument is determined to a derivative liability, the Company then evaluates for the existence of a beneficial conversion feature by comparing the market price of the Company’s common stock as of the commitment date to the effective conversion price of the instrument.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company measures the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the guidance of ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 — quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable
Level 3 — inputs that are unobservable (for example, cash flow modeling inputs based on assumptions)
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, such as cash, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included or excluded in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the difference between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their respective financial reporting amounts (“temporary differences”) at enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
The Company utilizes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
Management has evaluated and concluded that there were no material uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits within twelve months of the reporting date.
The Company’s policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax related interest as interest expense and penalties as general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred. The Company records prepaid expenses on its balance sheet for the payment of research and development expenses in advance of services being provided.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures the cost of services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award. For employees, the fair value of the award is measured on the grant date and for non-employees, the fair value of the award is generally re-measured on vesting dates and interim financial reporting dates until the service period is complete. The fair value amount is then recognized over the period during which services are required to be provided in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. Awards granted to directors are treated on the same basis as awards granted to employees. Upon the exercise of an option, the Company issues new shares of common stock out of its authorized shares.
The fair value of the Company’s common stock was estimated based on an analysis completed by management that considered the cash sales prices of the convertible preferred stock as well as the relative characteristics, rights and privileges of the convertible preferred stock as compared to the common stock. The estimates used by management are considered highly complex and subjective. The Company anticipates that once its shares begin trading, the use of such estimates will no longer be necessary to determine the fair value of its common stock.
Net Loss Per Common Share
Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other instruments to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The following securities are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common shares because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:
December 31,
2016
2015
Options
2,950,000 2,850,000
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
12,121,102 12,121,102
Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock
2,958,100
Total potentially dilutive shares
18,029,202 14,971,102
Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date which the financial statements were available to be issued. Based upon the evaluation, the Company did not identify any recognized or non-recognized subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements, except as disclosed.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605 — Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605”) and most industry-specific guidance throughout ASC 605. The standard requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance in ASU 2014-09 was revised in July 2015 to be effective for interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017 and should be applied on a transitional basis either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application. In 2016, FASB issued additional ASUs that clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations (ASU 2016-08), on identifying performance obligations and licensing (ASU 2016-10), and on narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients (ASU 2016-12) as well as on the revenue recognition criteria and other technical corrections (ASU 2016-20). Since the Company has not generated any revenue since its inception, it does not anticipate that the adoption of these ASUs will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 explicitly requires management to evaluate, at each annual or interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that exist which raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and annual and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2015 and its adoption did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes,” (“ASU 2015-17”). The FASB issued ASU 2015-17 as part of its ongoing Simplification Initiative, with the objective of reducing complexity in accounting standards. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 require entities that present a classified balance sheet to classify all deferred tax liabilities and assets as a noncurrent amount. This guidance does not change the offsetting requirements for deferred tax liabilities and assets, which results in the presentation of one amount on the balance sheet. Additionally, the amendments in ASU 2015-17 align the deferred income tax presentation with the
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
requirements in International Accounting Standards (IAS) 1, Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases. ASU 2016-02 will also require new qualitative and quantitative disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2016-02 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718),” (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 requires an entity to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2016-09 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” (“ASU 2016-15”). The new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. We will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case we would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2016-15 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting,” (“ASU 2017-09”). ASU 2017-09 provides clarity on the accounting for modifications of stock-based awards. ASU 2017-09 requires adoption on a prospective basis in the annual and interim periods for our fiscal year ending December 15, 2017 for share-based payment awards modified on or after the adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2017-09 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, “Earnings Per Share (Topic 260) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features,” (“ASU 2017-11”). Equity-linked instruments, such as warrants and convertible instruments may contain down round features that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Under ASU 2017-11, a down round feature will no longer require a freestanding equity-linked instrument (or embedded conversion option) to be classified as a liability that is remeasured at fair value through the income statement (i.e. marked-to-market). However, other features of the equity-linked instrument (or embedded conversion option) must still be evaluated to determine whether liability or equity classification is appropriate. Equity classified instruments are not marked-to-market. For earnings per share (“EPS”) reporting, the ASU requires companies to recognize the effect of the down round feature only when it is triggered by treating it as a dividend and as a reduction of income available to common shareholders in basic EPS. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2017-11 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 3 — Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
December 31,
2016
2015
Prepaid research and development expenses
$ $ 310,755
Prepaid insurance expenses
2,335 2,078
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
$ 2,335 $ 312,833
Note 4 — Property and Equipment, Net
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, property and equipment consisted of the following:
December 31,
2016
2015
Equipment
$ 24,745 $ 21,626
Leasehold improvements
40,000
64,745 21,626
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
(21,553) (8,751)
Property and equipment, net
$ 43,192 $ 12,875
Depreciation and amortization expense was $12,802 and $9,698 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which is included within research and development expenses in the statements of operations.
Note 5 — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
As of December 31, 2016, and 2015, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:
December 31,
2016
2015
Accrued research and development expenses
$ 61,000 $ 131,395
Accrued legal expenses
37,597 26,025
Accrued rent expense
18,590
Other
4,516 15,881
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
$ 121,703 $ 173,301
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 6 — Income Taxes
The income tax (provision) benefit consists of the following:
For The Years Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
Federal:
Current
$ $
Deferred
1,287,931 1,542,279
State and local:
Current
Deferred
151,521 181,444
1,439,452 1,723,723
Change in valuation allowance
(1,439,452) (1,723,723)
Income tax (provision) benefit
$ $
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:
For The Years Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
Tax benefit at federal statutory rate
34.0% 34.0%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
4.0% 4.0%
Incremental research and development credits
2.7% 2.4%
Change in valuation allowance
(40.7)% (40.4)%
Effective income tax rate
0.0% 0.0%
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below:
December 31,
2016
2015
Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
$ 2,742,397 $ 1,383,364
Stock-based compensation
333,066 332,044
Research & development tax credits
201,840 105,096
Intangible assets
234,183 251,530
Gross deferred tax assets
3,511,486 2,072,034
Valuation allowance
(3,511,486) (2,072,034)
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
$ $
Changes in valuation allowance
$ (1,439,452) $ (1,723,723)
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 6 — Income Taxes (continued)
The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized. To the extent that realization is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. Based upon the Company’s history of losses since inception, management believes that it is more likely than not that future benefits of deferred tax assets will not be realized.
At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had approximately $7,200,000 and $3,600,000, respectively, of federal net operating losses that may be available to offset future taxable income. State net operating losses are not materially different from the federal net operating losses. The net operating loss carry forwards, if not utilized, will expire from 2034 to 2036 for federal purposes. In accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, the usage of the Company’s net operating loss carry forwards could become subject to annual limitations if there are greater than 50% ownership changes.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the state of Nevada (also formerly Florida), which remain subject to examination by the various taxing authorities beginning with the tax year ended December 31, 2014.
Note 7 — Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Leases
On September 15, 2016, the Company entered into a lease agreement to lease 953 square feet of space located in Reno, NV with respect to its research and development activities. The monthly base rent is $3,895 per month over the term of the lease. The lease expires on September 14, 2018 and is subject to an extension at the option of the Company at a fixed rental rate for an additional 2-year period. The Company’s rent expense amounted to $18,590 for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Future minimum payments under this operating lease agreement are as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31,
Amount
2017
$ 46,740
2018
33,108
$ 79,848
Litigations, Claims and Assessments
In the normal course of business, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims and assessments arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company records legal costs associated with loss contingencies as incurred and accrues for all probable and estimable settlements.
The Company, its Chief Executive Officer and members of its Board of Directors are named as defendants in a legal proceeding filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on September 2, 2014 that has not yet been fully resolved in connection with the Company’s Asset Purchase Agreement with Corinthian. A shareholder of Corinthian, alleging a fraudulent transfer, is seeking to recover the purchase price of its Corinthian shares and other damages in aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 million. A settlement conference was conducted on July 24, 2017, however, the parties are not close to agreement on a settlement. On October 10, 2017, the Court denied each party’s motion for summary judgment. The Company has filed a motion for reconsideration of the Court's decision, with particular focus on the dismissal of the claim against the Company. The motion for reconsideration will be heard on November 20, 2017. A pretrial conference is scheduled with the Court for December 18, 2017. The Company is indemnified by Corinthian and Corinthian’s applicable insurance policy provides coverage of $10 million, such that the Company does not expect to incur a material loss as a result of this litigation and, as a result, did not record a loss contingency as of December 31, 2016 or 2015.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 7 — Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
License Agreement
On March 18, 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement with Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Lt. (“Senju”) (the “License Agreement”) whereby the Company agreed to grant to Senju an exclusive, royalty-bearing license for its micro-dose product candidates for Asia to sublicense, develop, make, have made, manufacture, use, import, market, sell, and otherwise distribute the micro-dose product candidates. In consideration for the license, Senju agreed to pay to Eyenovia five percent (5%) royalties for the term of the license agreement. The agreement shall continue in full force and effect, on a country-by-country basis, until the latest to occur of: (i) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the first commercial sale of a micro-dose product candidate in Asia; or (ii) the expiration of the licensed patents in July 2031. As of the date of filing, there had been no commercial sales of a micro-dose product candidate in Asia such that no royalties had been earned. See Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity — Preferred Stock for details of the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to Senju.
Note 8 — Related Party Transactions
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer as well as a member of its Board of Directors are both partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. (“PME”). The Company and PME are parties to a consulting agreement dated November 4, 2014 that provides for the payment of  $33,200 per month to PME in consulting fees for general management and strategy services. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $398,400 and $398,400, respectively, related to the agreement, of which, $318,720 and $318,720, respectively, was included within research and development expenses and $79,680 and $79,680, respectively, was included within general and administrative expenses on the statements of operations.
A company that beneficially owns greater than 5% of the Company’s common stock has a consulting agreement with the Company for research and development services. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $366,209 and $407,613, respectively, related to the agreement, which was included within research and development expenses on the statements of operations.
Since July 2016, the Company pays $3,000 per month to a company controlled by a member of its Board of Directors for office space in New York, New York for its Chief Executive Officer. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded rent expense of  $18,000 and $0, respectively, related to the office space.
Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity
Authorized Capital
The Company is authorized to issue 60,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of  $0.0001 per share, and 36,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value of  $0.0001 per share. The holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote per share. The preferred stock is designated as follows: 20,000,000 shares designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock; 5,714,286 shares designated as Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock; and 10,000,000 shares designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”) provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, rights to purchase common stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates. The common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards shall not exceed 3,500,000 shares in the
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
aggregate. The 2014 Plan became effective on December 14, 2014 and shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the effective date. In August 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved an amendment to the 2014 Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized under the 2014 Plan from 3,500,000 shares to 6,500,000 shares. The 2014 Plan requires the exercise price of stock options to be greater than or equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2016, there were 3,550,000 shares available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan.
Preferred Stock
On March 18, 2015, the Company sold an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to Senju at a price of  $1.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of  $5,000,000. See Note 7 — Commitments and Contingencies — License Agreement for details related to the License Agreement with Senju.
On October 6, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 2,958,100 shares of Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock to investors at a price of  $1.40 per share for aggregate proceeds of  $4,141,338.
The Series A and Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. In the event of any issuances by the Company for less than the in-force conversion price, the preferred stock conversion price shall be reduced on a weighted average basis. Each share of preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price: (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering provided that (A) the aggregate offering price, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, is at least $2.00 per share of common stock and (B) the aggregate proceeds of such offering are not less than $30,000,000; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the $30,000,000 threshold discussed above was reduced to $20,000,000. See Note 10 — Subsequent Events — Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share for each share of preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of  (i) the liquidation preference specified for such share of preferred stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of preferred stock. Dividends may be declared and paid on preferred stock when, and if, declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets legally available. As of December 31, 2016, no dividends have been declared.
Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of preferred stock shall vote on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis with the common stock.
The preferred stock does not contain a redemption provision and an overall analysis of its features performed by the Company determined that it is more akin to equity and therefore, has been classified within stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet. While the embedded conversion option (“ECO”) is subject to an anti-dilution price adjustment, since the ECO is clearly and closely related to the equity host, it is not required to be bifurcated and accounted for as a derivative liability under ASC 815. The Company determined that the preferred stock did not contain a beneficial conversion feature, since the conversion price exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the commitment date.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
Stock Options
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to stock options granted, the Company used the following assumptions:
For the Year Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
Expected term (years)
10.00
5.00–10.00
Risk free interest rate
1.53%–1.83%
1.41%–1.93%
Expected volatility
131%
136%
Expected dividends
0.00%
0.00%
The Company has computed the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. This estimate will be adjusted periodically based on the extent to which actual option forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the previous estimate, when it is material. The Company estimated forfeitures related to option grants at an annual rate 0% for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The expected term used for options issued to non-employees is the contractual life and the expected term used for options issued to employees and directors is the estimated period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company utilizes the “simplified” method to develop an estimate of the expected term of  “plain vanilla” employee option grants. The Company is utilizing an expected volatility figure based on a review of the historical volatilities, over a period of time, equivalent to the expected life of the instrument being valued, of similarly positioned public companies within its industry. The risk-free interest rate was determined from the implied yields from U.S.Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term consistent with the expected term of the instrument being valued.
The weighted average estimated grant date fair value of the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $0.31 and $0.41 per share, respectively.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to stock options of  $2,690 and $873,800 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, there was $41,032 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.8 years.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 9 — Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
A summary of the option activity during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented below:
Number of
Options
Weighted Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
In Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Oustanding January 1, 2015
$
Granted
2,850,000 0.33
Forfeited
Oustanding December 31, 2015
2,850,000 0.33
Granted
100,000 1.40
Forfeited
Oustanding December 31, 2016
2,950,000 $ 0.37 8.3 $ 389,500
Exercisable December 31, 2016
2,850,000 $ 0.33 8.2 $ 389,500
The following table presents information related to stock options at December 31, 2016:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Exercise
Price
Outstanding
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
In Years
Exercisable
Number of
Options
$0.33
2,850,000 8.2 2,850,000
$1.40
100,000
2,950,000 8.2 2,850,000
Note 10 — Subsequent Events
Preferred Stock
Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved, the Second Amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, in the event that any holder of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock”) does not participate in a subsequent financing (as defined in the Second Amendment) by purchasing in the aggregate, in such subsequent financing, at least 75% of such holder’s pro rata amount, then each share of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock held by such holder shall automatically be converted into common stock concurrently with the consummation of such subsequent financing. Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.”
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 3,446,058 shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to investors at a price of  $1.86 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $6,409,651. The Company incurred $31,237 of legal costs in connection with the sales, such that the aggregate net proceeds from the sale were $6,378,414. As of the date of the sale, it was determined that the Company, due to an administrative error, inadvertently neglected to file the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to the issuances of Series B
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015
Note 10 — Subsequent Events (continued)
Convertible Preferred Stock. In addition, the Company did not obtain the Board and stockholder approval of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the adoption of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. On November 9, 2017, the Board adopted resolutions ratifying each of the issuances of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which were then approved by the Company’s shareholders. On November 13, 2017, the Company filed a certificate of validation with the Delaware Secretary of State in respect of such ratifications, such that, as of the date of filing, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments. In the event of any issuances by the Company for less than the in-force conversion price, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock conversion price shall be reduced on a weighted average basis. Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price: (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering provided that (A) the aggregate offering price, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, is at least $2.00 per share of common stock and (B) the aggregate proceeds of such offering are not less than $20,000,000; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock.
In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share for each share of preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of  (i) the liquidation preference specified for such share of preferred stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of preferred stock.
Holders of Series B Convertible Preferred are entitled to non-cumulative dividends at an annual rate of eight percent (8%) when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets legally available.
Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of preferred stock shall vote on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis with the common stock.
Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Subsequent to December 31, 2016, in connection with the sale of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, holders of an aggregate of 1,124,488 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock did not participate in such financing by purchasing at least 75% of such holder’s pro rata amount. As a result, the Special Mandatory Conversion of the Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock was triggered and, accordingly, such shares of Series A Convertible Preferred stock were automatically converted into an aggregate of 1,124,488 shares of common stock.
Stock Warrants
Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 232,029 shares of common stock at an exercise price of  $0.01 per share to an investor for cash consideration of  $431,574. The warrant was sold to an investor for the amount of the investment in excess of what was permitted to be purchased of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
Stock Options
Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company granted ten-year options to purchase an aggregate of 3,516,534 shares of the Company’s common stock. The options have exercise prices as follows: 3,366,534 shares have an exercise price of  $0.52 per share and 150,000 shares have an exercise price of  $0.62 per share. The options vest as follows: (i) 150,000 shares vested immediately; (ii) 375,000 shares vest monthly over 12 months from the grant date of the award; and (iii) 2,991,534 shares vest monthly over 36 months from the grant date of the award.
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Condensed Balance Sheets
September 30,
2017
December 31,
2016
(unaudited)
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash
$ 7,406,034 $ 3,387,288
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
134,841 2,335
Total Current Assets
7,540,875 3,389,623
Property and equipment, net
34,118 43,192
Deferred offering costs
114,237
Total Assets
$ 7,689,230 $ 3,432,815
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 321,632 $ 302,031
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
272,437 121,703
Total Current Liabilities
594,069 423,734
Advances payable
6,409,651
Total Liabilities
7,003,720 423,734
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 36,000,000 shares authorized;
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 20,000,000 shares designated,
10,996,614 and 12,121,102 shares issued and outstanding as of
September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, liquidation
preference of  $10,996,614 and $12,121,102 as of September 30, 2017
and December 31, 2016, respectively
1,100 1,212
Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 5,714,286 shares designated, 2,958,100 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, liquidation preference of  $4,141,338 as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
296 296
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000,000 shares designated, 0
shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and
December 31, 2016, liquidation preference of  $0 as of September 30,
2017 and December 31, 2016
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized; 9,624,488 and 8,500,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively
962 850
Additional paid-in capital
17,781,907 17,137,922
Accumulated deficit
(17,098,755) (14,131,199)
Total Stockholders’ Equity
685,510 3,009,081
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
$ 7,689,230 $ 3,432,815
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Condensed Statements of Operations
(unaudited)
For the Nine Months Ended,
September 30,
2017
2016
Operating Expenses:
Research and development
$ 2,125,993 $ 1,985,536
General and administrative
842,959 391,945
Total Operating Expenses
2,968,952 2,377,481
Loss From Operations
(2,968,952) (2,377,481)
Other Income:
Interest income
1,396 921
Net Loss
$ (2,967,556) $ (2,376,560)
Net Loss Per Share–Basic and Diluted
$ (0.35) $ (0.28)
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding–Basic and Diluted
8,514,906 8,500,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Condensed Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
Convertible Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Series A
Series A-2
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance–January 1, 2017
12,121,102 $ 1,212 2,958,100 $ 296 8,500,000 $ 850 $ 17,137,922 $ (14,131,199) $ 3,009,081
Issuance of warrants
431,574 431,574
Conversion of convertible
preferred stock into common
stock
(1,124,488) $ (112) 1,124,488 112
Stock-based compensation
212,411 212,411
Net loss
(2,967,556) (2,967,556)
Balance–September 30, 2017
10,996,614 $ 1,100 2,958,100 $ 296 9,624,488 $ 962 $ 17,781,907 $ (17,098,755) $ 685,510
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(unaudited)
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2017
2016
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net loss
$ (2,967,556) $ (2,376,560)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
12,336 6,918
Stock-based compensation
212,411
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(132,506) (59,932)
Accounts payable
19,601 208,885
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
117,734 (46,810)
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities
(2,737,980) (2,267,499)
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Purchases of property and equipment
(3,262) (3,119)
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
(3,262) (3,119)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Payment of offering costs
(81,237)
Proceeds from sale of Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock
4,041,336
Proceeds from advances related to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
6,409,651
Proceeds from sale of warrant
431,574
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities
6,759,988 4,041,336
Net Increase in Cash
4,018,746 1,770,718
Cash–Beginning of Period
3,387,288 2,492,611
Cash–End of Period
$ 7,406,034 $ 4,263,329
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activities
Accrual of deferred offering costs
$ 33,000 $
Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock
$ 112 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 1 — Business Organization and Nature of Operations
Eyenovia, Inc. (“Eyenovia” or the “Company”) is a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of ophthalmology products utilizing its patented piezo-print technology to deliver micro-doses (6–8 µL) of active pharmaceutical ingredients (or “micro-therapeutics”) topically to the eye. This disruptive micro-dosing technology has the potential to replace traditional macro-dosing applications (e.g. conventional eye droppers), that routinely overdoses or under-doses the topical administration of ophthalmic therapeutics.
In appropriate circumstances, Eyenovia intends to use the regulatory pathway under Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, which enables a potentially shorter development timeline for its product candidates by allowing it to rely, in part, upon published literature or the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for an approved product. Eyenovia has received written FDA feedback indicating that it can proceed to Phase III clinical trials for two of its lead programs: MicroProst, a novel micro-therapeutic latanoprost formulation for chronic angle closure glaucoma (“CACG”), an indication with no FDA-approved drug treatments; and MicroStat, a fixed combination of micro-therapeutic phenylephrine-tropicamide formulation for mydriasis, also known as pupil dilation for use in eye exams. MicroTears, its over-the-counter (“OTC”) treatment for dry eye will not require Phase III studies, and Eyenovia plans to proceed with registration activities.
The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by U.S. GAAP for annual financial statements. In the opinion of management for interim financial information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X, such statements include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) which are considered necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2017 or any other period. These unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related disclosures of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and for the year then ended, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Company’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Company’s notes to financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement. There have been no material changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies, except as disclosed below.
Liquidity and Financial Condition
The Company incurred a net loss of  $2,967,556 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. At September 30, 2017, the Company’s working capital and accumulated deficit were $6,946,806 and $17,098,755, respectively. The Company has not yet generated revenues or achieved profitability and it is expected that its research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, the Company will eventually need to generate significant product revenues to achieve profitability.
The Company believes its current cash on hand is sufficient to meet its operating and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of the issuance of this report. Thereafter, the Company will need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities, to support its future operations. The Company’s operating needs include the planned costs to operate its
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. The Company’s future capital requirements and the adequacy of its available funds will depend on many factors, including the Company’s ability to successfully commercialize its products and services, competing technological and market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings. If the Company is unable to secure additional capital, it may be required to curtail its research and development initiatives and take additional measures to reduce costs in order to conserve its cash.
Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in the financial statements. As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had no cash equivalents.
The Company has cash on deposits in several financial institutions which, at times, may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of its financial institutions. On September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had cash balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits of  $7,156,034 and $3,137,288, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures the cost of services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award. For employees, the fair value of the award is measured on the grant date and for non-employees, the fair value of the award is generally re-measured on vesting dates and interim financial reporting dates until the service period is complete. The fair value amount is then recognized over the period during which services are required to be provided in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. Awards granted to directors are treated on the same basis as awards granted to employees. Upon the exercise of an option, the Company issues new shares of common stock out of its authorized shares.
The fair value of the Company’s common stock was estimated based on an analysis completed by management that considered the cash sales prices of the convertible preferred stock as well as the relative characteristics, rights and privileges of the convertible preferred stock as compared to the common stock. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we also obtained a third-party 409A valuation of our common stock, which was also considered in management’s estimation of value of the equity instruments issued during that period. This third party valuation was done in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The estimates used by management are considered highly complex and subjective. The Company anticipates that once its shares begin trading, the use of such estimates will no longer be necessary to determine the fair value of its common stock.
Net Loss Per Common Share
Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other instruments to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Weighted average shares outstanding for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 includes the weighted average impact of a warrant to purchase 232,029 shares of common stock because its exercise price was determined to be nominal.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The following securities are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common shares because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:
September 30,
2017
2016
Options
6,316,534 2,950,000
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
10,996,614 12,121,102
Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock
2,958,100
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
3,446,058
Total potentially dilutive shares
23,717,306 15,071,102
Note 3 — Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
September 30,
2017
December 31,
2016
(unaudited)
Prepaid research and development expenses
$ 133,998 $
Prepaid insurance expenses
843 2,335
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
$ 134,841 $ 2,335
Note 4 — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:
September 30,
2017
December 31,
2016
(unaudited)
Accrued research and development expenses
$ 173,714 $ 61,000
Accrued legal expenses
20,843 37,597
Accrued rent expense
18,590
Accrued professional services
43,169
Accrued offering costs
33,000
Other
1,711 4,516
Total accrued expenses
$ 272,437 $ 121,703
Note 5 — Advances Payable
During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Company sold an aggregate of 3,446,058 shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to investors at a price of  $1.86 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of  $6,409,651. The Company incurred $31,237 of legal costs in connection with the sale, such that the aggregate net proceeds from the sale were $6,378,414. As of the date of the sale, it was determined that the Company, due to an administrative error, inadvertently neglected to file the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to the issuances of
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 5 — Advances Payable (continued)
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. In addition, the Company did not obtain the Board and stockholder approval of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the adoption of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. As a result, the Company classified the gross proceeds from the sale of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock as a non-current liability on its balance sheet as of September 30, 2017. See Note 9 — Subsequent Events — Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for additional details regarding the subsequent ratification of the issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies
Litigations, Claims and Assessments
In the normal course of business, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims and assessments arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company records legal costs associated with loss contingencies as incurred and accrues for all probable and estimable settlements.
The Company, its Chief Executive Officer and members of its Board of Directors are named as defendants in a legal proceeding filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on September 2, 2014 that has not yet been fully resolved in connection with the Company’s Asset Purchase Agreement with Corinthian Ophthalmic, Inc. (“Corinthian”). A shareholder of Corinthian, alleging a fraudulent transfer, is seeking to recover the purchase price of its Corinthian shares and other damages in aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 million. A settlement conference was conducted on July 24, 2017, however, the parties are not close to agreement on a settlement. On October 10, 2017, the Court denied each party’s motion for summary judgment. The Company has filed a motion for reconsideration of the Court’s decision, with particular focus on the dismissal of the claim against the Company. On November 20, 2017, the Court denied each party’s motion for summary judgment. A pretrial conference is scheduled with the Court for January 22, 2018. The Company is indemnified by Corinthian and Corinthian’s applicable insurance policy provides coverage of  $10 million, such that the Company does not expect to incur a material loss as a result of this litigation and, as a result, did not record a loss contingency as of September 30, 2017 or December 31, 2016.
Note 7 — Related Party Transactions
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer as well as a member of its Board of Directors are both partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. (“PME”). The Company and PME are parties to a consulting agreement dated November 4, 2014 that provides for the payment of  $33,200 per month to PME in consulting fees for general management and strategy services. Any time spent by PME in excess of the specified amount is billed separately. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred $329,400 and $298,800, respectively, related to the agreement, of which, $263,200 and $239,040, respectively, was included within research and development expenses and $65,800 and $59,760, respectively, was included within general and administrative expenses on the condensed statements of operations.
Since July 2016, the Company pays $3,000 per month to a company controlled by a member of its Board of Directors for office space in New York, New York for its Chief Executive Officer. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded rent expense of  $27,000 and $9,000, respectively, related to the office space.
A member of the Company’s Board of Directors is part owner in Cura Partners. The Company and Cura Partners are parties to a consulting agreement dated July 6, 2017 that provides for the payment of $9,567 per month, and $250 per hour for any additional work, for advisory services. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Company incurred $25,509 related to the agreement which was included within general and administrative expenses on the condensed statement of operations.
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 8 — Stockholders’ Equity
Authorized Capital
On July 6, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved, the Second Amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, in the event that any holder of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock”) does not participate in a subsequent financing (as defined in the Second Amendment) by purchasing in the aggregate, in such subsequent financing, at least 75% of such holder’s pro rata amount, then each share of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock held by such holder shall automatically be converted into common stock concurrently with the consummation of such subsequent financing. Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.”
Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
On September 27, 2017, in connection with the sale of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, holders of an aggregate of 1,124,488 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock did not participate in such financing by purchasing at least 75% of such holder’s pro rata amount. As a result, the Special Mandatory Conversion of the Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock was triggered and, accordingly, such shares of Series A Convertible Preferred stock were automatically converted into an aggregate of 1,124,488 shares of common stock.
Stock Warrants
On September 27, 2017, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 232,029 shares of common stock at an exercise price of  $0.01 per share to an investor for cash consideration of  $431,574, which was included within additional paid-in capital on the balance sheet as of September 30, 2017. The warrant was sold to an investor for the amount of the investment in excess of what was permitted to be purchased of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
Stock Options
In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to stock options granted, the Company used the following approximate assumptions:
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2017
2016
Expected term (years)
5.32–10.00
10.00
Risk free interest rate
1.89%–2.31%
1.53%
Expected volatility
130%
131%
Expected dividends
0.00%
0.00%
The weighted average estimated grant date fair value of the stock options granted for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $0.49 and $0.31 per share, respectively.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to stock options of  $212,411 and $0 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, there was $1,483,929 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 8 — Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
A summary of the option activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 is presented below:
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
In Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding January 1, 2017
2,950,000 0.37
Granted
3,366,534 0.52
Forfeited
Outstanding September 30, 2017
6,136,534 $ 0.45 8.7 $ 1,163,153
Exercisable September 30, 2017
3,083,692 $ 0.92 7.7 $ 849,369
The following table presents information related to stock options as of September 30, 2017:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Exercise
Price
Outstanding
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
In Years
Exercisable
Number of
Options
$0.33
2,850,000 7.5 2,850,000
$0.52
3,366,534 9.8 228,692
$1.40
100,000 8.9 5,000
6,316,534 7.7 3,083,692
Note 9 — Subsequent Events
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
On November 9, 2017, the Board adopted resolutions ratifying each of the issuances of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which were then approved by the Company’s shareholders. On November 13, 2017, the Company filed a certificate of validation with the Delaware Secretary of State in respect of such ratifications, such that, as of the date of filing, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments. In the event of any issuances by the Company for less than the in-force conversion price, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock conversion price shall be reduced on a weighted average basis. Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price: (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering provided that (A) the aggregate offering price, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, is at least $2.00 per share of common stock and (B) the aggregate proceeds of such offering are not less than $20,000,000; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock.
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EYENOVIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016
(unaudited)
Note 9 — Subsequent Events (continued)
In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share for each share of preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of  (i) the liquidation preference specified for such share of preferred stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of preferred stock.
Holders of Series B Convertible Preferred are entitled to non-cumulative dividends at an annual rate of eight percent (8%) when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets legally available.
Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of preferred stock shall vote on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis with the common stock.
The Series B Convertible Preferred does not contain a redemption provision and an overall analysis of its features performed by the Company determined that it is more akin to equity and therefore, has been classified within stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet. While the embedded conversion option (“ECO”) is subject to an anti-dilution price adjustment, since the ECO is clearly and closely related to the equity host, it is not required to be bifurcated and accounted for as a derivative liability under ASC 815. The Company determined that the Series B Convertible Preferred did not contain a beneficial conversion feature, since the conversion price exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the commitment date.
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
          Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_eyenovia.jpg]
COMMON STOCK
Ladenburg Thalmann
Roth Capital Partners

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdq, listing fee.
Amount
to be paid
SEC registration fee
$ 4,357.50
FINRA filing fee
5,750.00
Nasdaq initial listing fee
   *   
Transfer agent and registrar fees
   *   
Accounting fees and expenses
   *   
Legal fees and expenses
   *   
Printing and engraving expenses
   *   
Miscellaneous
   *   
Total
$    *   
*
To be filed by amendment
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, contains provisions eliminating a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in certain circumstances involving wrongful acts, including:

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
These provisions do not limit or eliminate our rights or those of any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws.
Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with their services as our directors and officers. Our bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not the DGCL would otherwise permit indemnification.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.
In addition, the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or otherwise.
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since March 12, 2014 (date of inception) up to the date of this document, which were not registered under the Securities Act.
In October 2014, we issued 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,421,102 shares of Series A preferred stock to Corinthian in connection with our purchase of Corinthian’s intellectual property portfolio and related assets.
In October 2014, we issued and sold 3,500,000 shares of common stock to Private Medical Equity, Inc. and PointGuard Partners, LLC for $0.0001 per share.
In March 2015, we issued options to purchase 3,000,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of  $0.33 per share to our employees, directors and/or consultants under our 2014 Plan.
In April 2015, we issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock to Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. for $1.00 per share in connection with our exclusive license agreement with Senju Pharmacuitical Co., Ltd.
In August 2016, we issued options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock to a consultant with an exercise price of  $0.33 per share under our 2014 Plan.
In October 2016, we issued and sold 2,958,100 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock to five investors for $1.40 per share.
In October 2016, we issued options to purchase 80,000 shares of our common stock to two consultants with an exercise price of  $1.40 per share.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In July 2017, we issued and sold 2,779,223 shares of Series B preferred stock to eight investors for $1.86 per share.
In July 2017, we issued options to purchase 3,366,534 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of  $0.54 per share to our employees, directors and/or consultants under our 2014 Plan.
In September 2017, we issued and sold 666,836 shares of Series B preferred stock to two investors for $1.86 per share.
In November 2017, we issued an option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of  $0.62 per share to a director under our 2014 Plan.
Each of the foregoing issuances was made in a transaction not involving a public offering pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits:
We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.
Item 17.   Undertakings.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on December 19, 2017.
EYENOVIA, INC.
By: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
Name: Tsontcho Ianchulev
Title: Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tsontcho Ianchulev and Curt LaBelle, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including pre-and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pre-or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
Tsontcho Ianchulev
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
December 19, 2017
/s/ Curt LaBelle
Curt LaBelle
Director
December 19, 2017
/s/ Fred Eshelman
Fred Eshelman
Director
December 19, 2017
/s/ Ernest Mario
Ernest Mario
Director
December 19, 2017
/s/ Shuhei Yoshida
Shuhei Yoshida
Director
December 19, 2017
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
Description
1.1* Underwriting Agreement.
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
3.2* Form of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.
3.3
5.1* Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP.
10.1 Exclusive License Agreement, dated March 18, 2015, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
10.2 Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment, dated July 6, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev.
10.3 Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment, dated July 6, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Luke Clauson.
10.4 Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment, dated July 6, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Jennifer G. Clasby.
10.5 Engagement Letter for Professional Services, dated July 6, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Dr. Curt LaBelle.
10.6 Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated September 27, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and investors party thereto.
10.7 Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated September 27 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and investors party thereto.
10.8 Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated September 27, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and investors party thereto.
10.9 Correction Letter, dated November 8, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev.
10.10 Master Consulting Services Agreement, dated November 4, 2014, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Private Medical Equity, Inc.
10.11 Master Consulting Services Agreement, dated November 4, 2014, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Point Guard Partners, LLC.
23.1 Consent of Marcum LLP.
23.2* Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24 Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).
*
To be filed by amendment.

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

Eyenovia, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Corporation”), certifies that:

 

1.           The name of the Corporation is Eyenovia, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 23, 2014. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 9, 2014, which was subsequently amended by that certain Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 6, 2016, and which was subsequently amended by that certain Second Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 6, 2017.

 

2.           The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Eyenovia, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is ninety-six million (96,000,000) shares, consisting of sixty million (60,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and thirty-six million (36,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated Series A Preferred Stockand shall consist of twenty million (20,000,000) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of five million seven hundred fourteen thousand two hundred eighty six (5,714,286) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of ten million (10,000,000) shares. The undesignated Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine the designation of any series, to fix the number of shares of any series of the undesignated Preferred Stock, and to determine or alter the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of undesignated Preferred Stock, and, within the limits and restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series of the undesignated Preferred Stock, to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such Series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1.           Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)          Conversion Priceshall mean (i) $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein); (ii) $1.40 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein) and (iii) $1.86 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

 

 

 

(b)          Convertible Securitiesshall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

(c)          Corporationshall mean Eyenovia, Inc.

 

(d)          Distributionshall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes.

 

(e)          Dividend Rateshall mean (i) an annual rate of $0.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein), (ii) an annual rate of $0.00 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein) and (iii) with respect to each share of Series B Preferred stock, an annual rate of eight percent (8%) of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) of the Series B Preferred Stock per annum (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(f)           Liquidation Preferenceshall mean (i) $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein); (ii) $1.40 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein) and (iii) $1.86 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(g)          Optionsshall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(h)          Original Issue Priceshall mean (i) $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein); (ii) $1.40 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein) and (iii) $1.86 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(i)           Preferred Stockshall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or any other series of Preferred Stock designated by the Board of Directors.

 

(j)           Recapitalizationshall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

 

 

 

 

2.           Dividends.

 

(a)          Preferred Stock. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the Board”), out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year, in the following order and priority:

 

(i)          First, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the applicable Dividend Rate in preference to dividends payable with respect to all other shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation;

 

(ii)         Second, following the payment in full of any accrued and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in such calendar year, the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the applicable Dividend Rate in preference to dividends payable with respect to all other shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation; and

 

(iii)        Thirds, following the payment in full of any accrued and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock in such calendar year, respectively, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the applicable Dividend Rate in preference to dividends payable with respect to all other shares of Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation.

 

No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock.

 

(b)          Additional Dividends. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4).

 

(c)          Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(d)          Waiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference of any Series of Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of such series.

 

3.           Liquidation Rights.

 

(a)          Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, or Deemed Liquidation Event:

 

 

 

 

(i)          First, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid pro rata based on the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by each holder in relation to the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for Distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of all other shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Preference for the Series B Preferred Stock; provided that, if upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for Distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount of their applicable Liquidation Preference, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any Distribution of the assets available for Distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such Distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full; and

 

(ii)         Second, following the payment to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock in the full amount of their applicable Liquidation Preference, the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid pro rata based on the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock owned by each holder in relation to the total number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for Distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of all other shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Preference for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock; provided that, if upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for Distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock the full amount of their applicable Liquidation Preference, the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any Distribution of the assets available for Distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such Distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

(b)          Remaining Assets. After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for Distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

(c)          Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first forgoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

 

(d)          Deemed Liquidation Event. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, unless the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis) elect otherwise by written notice: (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of related transactions, a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent) or (ii) a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, including the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is to the Corporation or one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation (each, a Deemed Liquidation Event”). The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

 

(e)          Allocation of Escrow. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event under Section 3(d), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow, the definitive agreement for such transaction shall provide that the portion of such consideration that is placed in escrow shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation pro rata based on the amount of such consideration otherwise payable to each stockholder (such that each stockholder has placed in escrow the same percentage of the total consideration payable to such stockholder as every other stockholder).

 

(f)           Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)          if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution; and

 

(ii)         if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

 

For the purposes of this Section 3(f), trading dayshall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and closing pricesor closing bid pricesshall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or a Nasdaq market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

 

 

 

 

4.           Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)          Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering through a nationally recognized underwriter pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that (A) the aggregate offering price, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, is at least $2.00 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares) and (B) the aggregate proceeds of such offering (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are not less than $20,000,000, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”).

 

(c)          Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

 

 

 

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

 

(d)          Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

 

(i)          Special Definition. For purposes of this Section 4(d), Additional Shares of Commonshall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of the following (“Excluded Securities”):

 

(1)         shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

 

(2)         shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements approved by the Board, including at least two of the three non-employee members of the Board;

 

(3)         shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities;

 

(4)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

 

(5)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act;

 

 

 

 

(6)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board;

 

(7)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction primarily for non-equity financing purposes approved by the Board;

 

(8)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, dispute, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board;

 

(9)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board; and

 

(10)        shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board.

 

(ii)         No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)        Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

 

(1)         no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

 

 

 

(2)         if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

 

(3)         no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

 

(4)         upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

 

(A)         in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

(B)         in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

 

(5)         if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

 

 

 

 

(iv)        Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 

(v)         Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

 

(1)         Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

 

(A)         insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

 

(B)         insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

 

(C)         in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(2)         Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:

 

(A)         the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

 

 

 

(B)         the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(e)          Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(f)           Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(g)          Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 (“Liquidation Rights”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(h)          Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

 

(i)           Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(j)           Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

 

(i)          to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

 

(ii)         to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

 

(iii)        to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

 

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution ) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

 

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

 

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

 

(k)          Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

 

 

 

(l)           Special Mandatory Conversion.

 

(i)          Trigger Event. In the event that any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock”) does not participate in a Subsequent Financing (as defined below) by purchasing in the aggregate, in such Subsequent Financing and within the time period specified by the Corporation (provided that, the Corporation has sent to each holder of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days written notice of, and the opportunity to purchase its Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of, the Subsequent Financing), at least seventy-five percent (75%) of such holder’s Pro Rata Amount, then each share of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock held by such holder shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such holder, be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock on a 1:1 ratio, effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Subsequent Financing. For purposes of determining the number of shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock owned by a holder, and for determining the number of Offered Securities (as defined below) a holder of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock has purchased in a Subsequent Financing, all shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock held by Affiliates (as defined below) of such holder shall be aggregated with such holder’s shares and all Offered Securities purchased by Affiliates of such holder shall be aggregated with the Offered Securities purchased by such holder (provided that no shares or securities shall be attributed to more than one entity or person within any such group of affiliated entities or persons). Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.” For the avoidance of doubt, this Special Mandatory Conversion will not apply to any Subsequent Financing in which the holders of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock are not permitted to participate or given notice in accordance with this Section.

 

(ii)         Procedural Requirements. Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 4(l)(i) shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4(l). Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 4(l)(i), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 4(l)(ii). As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall (A) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (B) pay cash as provided in Section 4(c) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock converted; provided that no accrued and unpaid dividends shall be payable on any share of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock so converted, and such accrued and unpaid dividends shall be cancelled and extinguished in connection with such conversion. Such converted Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

 

 

 

(iii)        Assignment of Obligation. Each holder of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock may assign in whole or in part their right to purchase their Pro Rata Amount of Offered Securities under a Subsequent Financing to any other person (such persons, the “Stockholder Designees”). To the extent a holder of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock together with their Stockholder Designees collectively purchases at least seventy-five percent (75%) of such holder’s full Pro Rata Amount of Offered Securities in an applicable Subsequent Financing, the Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock held by such holder of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock will not be subject to any Special Mandatory Conversion under this Section 4(l) with respect to such Subsequent Financing.

 

(iv)        Definitions. For purposes of this Section 4(l), the following definitions shall apply:

 

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any holder of shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock, any person, entity or firm which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such holder, including, without limitation, any entity of which the holder is a partner or member, any partner, officer, director, or member of such holder and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing of which the holder is a partner or member which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners of such holder or shares the same management company with such holder.

 

Offered Securities” shall mean the equity securities of the Corporation authorized by the Board to be offered by the Corporation for purchase by holders of outstanding shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock in connection with a Subsequent Financing, and actually offered to such holders.

 

Pro Rata Amount” shall mean, with respect to any holder of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock, the lesser of (a) a number of Offered Securities calculated by multiplying the aggregate number of Offered Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock owned by such holder, and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock, and (b) the maximum number of Offered Securities that such holder is permitted by the Corporation to purchase in such Subsequent Financing, after giving effect to any cutbacks or limitations established by the Board and applied on a pro rata basis to all holders of Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock.

 

Subsequent Financingshall mean any transaction involving the issuance or sale of additional shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock after the date on which the first share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock was issued in a bona fide financing transaction, unless the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of the Series A/A-2 Preferred Stock elect, by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five days prior to the consummation of the Subsequent Financing, that such transaction not be treated as a Subsequent Financing for purposes of this Section 4(l).

 

5.           Voting.

 

(a)          Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

 

 

 

 

(b)          No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

 

(c)          Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

 

(d)          Election of Directors. The Board shall consist of five (5) members. The holders of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Preferred Directors”) at each meeting (or pursuant to each consent) of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting (or pursuant to each consent) of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. One (1) member of the Board of Directors shall be the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer. Any additional members of the Corporation’s Board shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis. The Corporation will reimburse each Preferred Director for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Preferred Director for attending a meeting of the Board or for performing his or her duties as a director on the Board.

 

(e)          Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held at all meetings of the stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.

 

6.           Amendments and Changes.

 

(a)          So long as any shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for Recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as converted basis):

 

(i)          amend or repeal the certificate of incorporation or Bylaws;

 

(ii)         increase the authorized number of shares of common shares, including the employee incentive pool’s authorized or reserved shares;

 

(iii)        effect a merger, reorganization or sale of the Corporation or a substantial portion of its assets, or effect a liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

 

 

 

 

(iv)        effect a reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, declare or pay any dividend, repurchase or redeem any securities (other than pursuant to employee or consultant agreements giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at the original cost thereof upon termination of services);

 

(v)         engage in any business or operations other than the current business or operations or the business purpose of the Corporation;

 

(vi)        change the number of or election procedures of the members of the Board;

 

(vii)       enter into any material agreement with respect to any material intellectual property assets of the Corporation;

 

(viii)      authorize or issue any security having rights, preferences or privileges pari passu or senior to any class of Preferred Stock;

 

(b)          Additionally, the consent of the holders of 75% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be required:

 

(i)          for any change in the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)         to create any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges pari passu or senior to the Series A Preferred (including creating, whether by reclassification or otherwise, any notes or debts containing equity features including debt that are convertible or exchangeable for capital stock); or

 

(iii)        to redeem any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

 

(c)          Additionally, the consent of the holders of 75% of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be required:

 

(i)          for any change in the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)         to create any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges pari passu or senior to the Series A-2 Preferred (including creating, whether by reclassification or otherwise, any notes or debts containing equity features including debt that are convertible or exchangeable for capital stock); or

 

(iii)        to redeem any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

 

(d)          Additionally, the consent of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be required:

 

(i)          for any change in the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred;

 

(ii)         to create any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges pari passu or senior to the Series B Preferred (including creating, whether by reclassification or otherwise, any notes or debts containing equity features including debt that are convertible or exchangeable for capital stock); or

 

 

 

 

(iii)        to redeem any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

 

7.           Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not have the right to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.           Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

 

 

 

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall he required to indemnify a person in connection with any such Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

 

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

Any repeal or modification of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article X shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation, or other person indemnified by the Corporation, with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other person existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An Excluded Opportunityis any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

BYLAWS OF

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

Adopted July 23, 2014

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES 1
     
1.1 Registered Office 1
1.2 Other Offices 1
     
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 1
     
2.1 Place of Meetings 1
2.2 Annual Meeting 1
2.3 Special Meeting 1
2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 2
2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice 2
2.6 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address 2
2.7 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful 2
2.8 Validation of Meetings; Waiver of Notice; Consent 3
2.9 Quorum 3
2.10 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 3
2.11 Conduct of Business 3
2.12 Voting 4
2.13 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 4
2.14 Record Dates 5
2.15 Proxies 6
2.16 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 6
     
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS 6
     
3.1 Powers 6
3.2 Number of Directors 7
3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 7
3.4 Resignation and Vacancies 7
3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 8
3.6 Conduct of Business 8
3.7 Regular Meetings 8
3.8 Special Meetings; Notice 8
3.9 Quorum; Voting 8
3.10 Waiver of Notice 9
3.11 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 9
3.12 Fees and Compensation of Directors 9
3.13 Removal of Directors 9
     
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES 9
     
4.1 Committees of Directors 9
4.2 Committee Minutes 9
4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees 10
4.4 Subcommittees 10

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS 10
     
5.1 Officers 10
5.2 Appointment of Officers 10
5.3 Subordinate Officers 10
5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 10
5.5 Vacancies in Offices 10
5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 11
5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 11
5.8 Salaries 11
     
ARTICLE VI — INDEMNIFICATION 11
     
6.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings 11
6.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation 11
6.3 Successful Defense 12
6.4 Indemnification of Others 12
6.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses 12
6.6 Limitation on Indemnification 12
6.7 Determination; Claim 13
6.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 13
6.9 Insurance 14
6.10 Effect of Repeal or Modification 14
6.11 Survival 14
6.12 Certain Definitions 14
     
ARTICLE VII — STOCK 14
     
7.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares 14
7.2 Special Designation on Certificates 15
7.3 Lost Certificates 15
7.4 Dividends 15
7.5 Stock Transfer Agreements 15
7.6 Registered Stockholders 16
7.7 Transfer of Stock 16
     
ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS 16
     
8.1 Fiscal Year 16
8.2 Seal 16
8.3 Annual Report 16
8.4 Construction; Definitions 16
     
ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS 16

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1         Registered Office.  The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at the location originally designated upon formation of the corporation or at a location otherwise designated by the corporation’s Board of Directors (the Board). The corporation’s registered agent shall be the agent originally designated upon formation of the corporation or as otherwise designated by the Board.

 

1.2         Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices in such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may designate.

 

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1         Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, as determined by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but shall instead be held solely by means of remote communication as  authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of  the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2         Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The corporation shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (a) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (b) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (c) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

 

2.3         Special Meeting.  A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, the President or such other persons as the Board may designate.

 

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall be in writing and shall specify the time of such meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary of the corporation.

 

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3 of these bylaws shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

 - 1 - 

 

 

2.4         Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

2.5         Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice.   Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the records of the corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may be given by a form of electronic transmission that satisfies the requirements of the DGCL.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

2.6         Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address.  Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

2.7         Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, such certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

 - 2 - 

 

 

2.8         Validation of Meetings; Waiver of Notice; Consent.  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting and does object, at the beginning of the meeting or upon arrival of such person, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

2.9         Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the matter at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting, or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.10 of these bylaws, until a quorum is present or represented.

 

2.10       Adjourned Meeting; Notice.  The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, or the holders of a majority of the shares so represented may in his, her or their discretion, adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.12 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

2.11       Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

 - 3 - 

 

 

2.12       Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.14 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided by the DGCL or in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 2.5 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

2.13       Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

An electronic transmission (as defined in Section 2.5 of these bylaws) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section 2.13 of these bylaws, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (a) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

 - 4 - 

 

 

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the corporation to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the corporation, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the records in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded and such officer or agent shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

2.14       Record Dates. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.14 of these bylaws at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

 - 5 - 

 

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.15       Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by a written proxy or by an electronic transmission indicating such proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the DGCL.

 

2.16       List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the corporation who has charge of the corporation’s stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

3.1         Powers.   Except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

 - 6 - 

 

 

3.2         Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3         Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, and subject to Sections 2.2 and 2.13 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.   The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.4         Resignation and Vacancies.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective upon delivery unless the notice of resignation specifies a future effective date, or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be a precondition to its effectiveness. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in Section 3.3 of these bylaws.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (a) vacancies for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and (b) whenever the holders of any class or series of stock thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

 - 7 - 

 

 

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.5         Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6         Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, or in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

3.7         Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.8         Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any director. Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon four days’ notice by mail or 24 hours’ notice delivered personally, by courier or by telephone (including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages), or by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board.

 

3.9         Quorum; Voting. A majority of the total number of directors fixed or determined by or in the manner provided in these bylaws, or, if one or more vacancies exist on the Board, a majority of the total number of directors then serving on the Board, provided, that such number may be not less than one-third of the total authorized number of directors fixed or determined by or in the manner provided in these bylaws, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors then in office shall be the act of the Board unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall require a vote of a greater number. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.   A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board, or at a meeting of a committee of the Board, at which any action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless (a) such director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting any business at such meeting, (b) such director’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or (c) such director delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken. In the event of any conflict between these bylaws and the Voting Agreement, the terms of the Voting Agreement shall control.

 

 - 8 - 

 

 

3.10       Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given to a director under any provision of the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Without limiting the manner by which such waiver may otherwise be delivered effectively, such waiver shall be deemed delivered if made by electronic transmission. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting and does object, at the beginning of the meeting or upon such director’s arrival, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.11       Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.12       Fees and Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.13       Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

4.1         Committees of Directors.   The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, subject to the limitations contained in the DGCL.

 

4.2         Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

 - 9 - 

 

 

4.3         Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, including, without limitation, Section 3.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone), Section 3.7 (Regular Meetings), Section 3.8 (Special Meetings; Notice); Section 3.9 (Quorum; Voting); Section 3.10 (Waiver of Notice) and Section 3.11 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting) with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board and each committee may adopt rules for the governance of any committee provided that such rules shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

4.4         Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

5.1         Officers.  The officers of the corporation shall be a President and a Secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed by the Board in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2         Appointment of Officers.  The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

 

5.3         Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer, the President or another officer to appoint or remove, such other officers and agents as are necessary or appropriate for the business of the corporation. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board (or, if so empowered, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or another officer) may from time to time determine.

 

5.4         Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect on the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in the notice of resignation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5         Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board (or if so empowered pursuant to Section 5.3 of these bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or another officer).

 

 - 10 - 

 

 

5.6         Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted pursuant to this Section 5.6 of these bylaws may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7         Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

5.8         Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by any committee or officer to which or whom, as the case may be, the Board has delegated such authority. No officer shall be disqualified from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI — INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.1         Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the other provisions of this Article VI of these bylaws, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

6.2         Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to the other provisions of this Article VI of these bylaws, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

 - 11 - 

 

 

6.3         Successful Defense.    To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 6.1 of these bylaws or Section 6.2 of these bylaws, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

6.4         Indemnification of Others.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article VI of these bylaws, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

6.5         Advanced Payment of Expenses. Reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation under this Article VI of these bylaws or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 6.6(ii) of these bylaws or 6.6(iii) of these bylaws prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 6.8 of these bylaws, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, if less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

6.6         Limitation on Indemnification.

 

Subject to the requirements in Section 6.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VI in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

 - 12 - 

 

 

(i)           for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

(ii)          for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefore (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iii)         for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iv)         initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 6.7 of these bylaws or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

(v)          if prohibited by applicable law.

 

6.7         Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VI of these bylaws is not paid by the corporation or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the corporation shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VI of these bylaws, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of Section 6.5. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

6.8         Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI of these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

 - 13 - 

 

 

6.9         Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

6.10       Effect of Repeal or Modification.  No repeal or modification of this Article VI of these bylaws shall adversely affect any right or protection afforded hereunder to any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

6.11       Survival. The right to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Article VI of these bylaws shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

6.12       Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VI of these bylaws, references to the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI of these bylaws with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VI of these bylaws, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article VI of these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII — STOCK

 

7.1         Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

 - 14 - 

 

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.2         Special Designation on Certificates. If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 7.2 of these bylaws or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 7.2 of these bylaws a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

7.3         Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 7.3 of these bylaws, no new certificate for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.4         Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

7.5         Stock Transfer Agreements. The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

 - 15 - 

 

 

7.6         Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

7.7         Transfer of Stock. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

 

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1         Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

8.2         Seal. The corporation may, but is not required to, adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.3         Annual Report. The corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the corporation to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

 

8.4         Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, the term “including” means “including but not limited to” and the term “person” includes both a corporation, limited liability company, trust partnership or other entity and a natural person.

 

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

 

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the Board. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

 - 16 - 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS OF

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

The undersigned certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the foregoing bylaws were adopted as the bylaws of the Company on July 23, 2014.

 

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of July 23, 2014.

 

  /s/ Haley Butler
  Haley Butler, Secretary

 

    

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of March 18, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Japan, having an office located at 5-8, Hiranomachi 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Osaka 541-0046, Japan (“Senju”) and Eyenovia, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, having a principal place of business at Rivergate Tower 400 N. Ashley St. Suite 2150 Tampa, FL 33602 (“Eyenovia”) Eyenovia and Senju each individually referred to herein as a “Part” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS, Eyenovia has acqcired technology, intellectual property and other assets from Corinthian Ophthalmic, Inc related to piezoelectric delivery of ophthalmic medications; and

 

WHEREAS, Eyenovia has filed certain patent applications and possesses the patent rights defined collectively as Licensed Patent hereinafter as well as Licensed Know-How, relating to the Licensed Product; and

 

WHEREAS, Senju wishes to obtain a license from Eyenovia to the Licensed Patents and certain Licensed Know-How, all on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 1 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless specifically indicated otherwise:

 

1.1      “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or non-corporate business entity, firm, partnership or other entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Eyenovia or Senju. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such entity or any other comparable equity or ownership interest, or (a) in the absence of the ownership of a least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of a corporation, or (b) in the case of a non-corporate business entity, if it possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the corporation whether through the ownership of control of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.2      “Field” shall mean ophthalmology.

 

1.3      “First Commercial Sale” means the date of the first commercial offer for sale in commercial quantities by Senju of the Licensed Product to any independent third party in each country or area made within in the Territory. For the purpose of clarification, a different First Commercial Sale may exist for each country or area within the Territory.

 

1.4      “Inventions” shall mean any discovery, invention, improvement, idea, concept, technique, method, process, formula or technology within the Field, whether patentable or not.

 

1.5     “Licensed Know-How” shall mean any and all information, data, clinical studies, instructions, proprietary information, trade secrets, techniques or materials which are related to the Licensed Product, or which are necessary or useful for the practice of the Licensed Patents, including without limitation, the development of the Licensed Product, obtaining the governmental approval and the manufacture, sale, import and export of the Licensed Product within the Territory. For the purpose of confirmation, Licensed Know-How includes know-how that is necessary for manufacture of the Licensed Product owned and controlled by the Eyenovia as of the Effective Date (“Manufacturing Know-How”).

 

 2 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

1.6      “Licensed Patents” shall mean any and all patents listed in the Exhibit 1 attached hereto including any reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, continuing prosecution applications, request for continued examinations, extensions, term restorations, renewals, supplemental protection certificates reissues, re-examinations, and substitutions thereof, and any foreign counter-parts thereof in the Territory that claim the Licensed Product, methods of using for the Licensed Product, methods of making or using the Licensed Product.

 

1.7      “Licensed Product” shall mean an item which is covered by a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patents, or which incorporates any Licensed Know-How. For the purpose of clarification, there may be multiple Licensed Products.

 

1.8      “Manufacturing Price” shall mean the costs required for Senju to either manufacture or purchase an individual unit of the Licensed Product under this Agreement, but excluding the cost of any active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) contained in such Licensed Product. Manufacturing Price shall not exceed three United States dollars (USD $3), regardless of what the actual price required for Senju to either manufacture or purchase an individual unit of the Licensed Product was.

 

1.9      “Net Price” shall mean the amount received by Senju and its Sublicensees, if any, with respect to the sale of an individual unit of any Licensed Product to independent third parties in the Territory, less: (i) all normal and customary deductions of any type or nature (such as rebates, credits and cash, trade and quantity discounts, actually taken); (ii) excise taxes, sales, use, value added, and other consumption taxes and other compulsory payments to governmental authorities, actually paid; (iii) freight, shipping, and other governmental charges and surcharges imposed upon the sale or distribution of the Licensed Product; (i) insurance costs and outbound transportation charges prepaid or allowed; (ii) import and/or export duties and tariffs actually paid; (vi) amounts allowed or credited due to returns or uncollectable amounts; and (vii) Manufacturing Price.

 

 3 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

1.10    “Running Royalties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

1.11    “Semi-Annual Period” shall mean either of the six (6) months period commencing April 1st and October 1st and running through, respectively, the following September 30th and March 31st.

 

1.12    “Sublicense” shall mean a license granted by Senju to a Sublicensee for the right to manufacture, distribute, or otherwise market the Licensed Product in the Field within the Territory.

 

1.13    “Sublicensee” shall mean a non-affiliate third party granted a license by Senju for the right to manufacture, distribute, or otherwise market the Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory.

 

1.14    “Valid Claim” shall mean, on a country-by-country basis, a claim of an issued and unexpired patent or a claim of a pending patent application which has not been held unpatentable, invalid or unenforceable by a court or other government agency of competent jurisdiction, has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, re-examination, disclaimer or otherwise and has covered used of the Licensed Product or protected the Licensed Product effectively.

 

1.15    “Territory” shall mean Afghanistan Bahrain, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Brunei, Burma, Cambodia, China (including Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan), Cyprus, East Timor India, Indonesia, Japan, Laos, Malaysia, Maldives, Mongolia, Myanmar, Nepal, North Korea, Pakistan, Philippines, Papua New Guinea, Singapore, Sri Lanka, South Korea, Thailand, Uzbekistan, and Vietnam.

 

 4 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 2

 

LICENSE

 

2.1     Grant

 

2.1.1   Eyenovia hereby grants to Senju, and Senju accepts, under and using the Licensed Patents and/or Licensed Know-How, an exclusive royalty-bearing license in and to the Licensed Product, in the Field, within the Territory to: (i) Sublicense, develop, make, have made, manufacture, use, import, have imported, market, sell, offer for sale and otherwise exploit and distribute Licensed Product, (ii) practice any method, process or procedure included within the Licensed Patents; and to have any of the foregoing performed on its behalf by a third party. Senju shall notify Eyenovia in advance in writing of the grant of any such Sublicense, which notice shall include the name of Sublicensee(s). Such Sublicenses and the name of all Sublicensee(s) shall be Confidential Information (as defined below) of Senju.

 

2.1.2   Eyenovia hereby represents that it has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement, to grant the licenses provided herein and to perform its obligations hereunder. Eyenovia further represents and warrants that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries, shall assert the rights granted to Senju under this Article 2 in the Territory for the term of this Agreement. Eyenovia additionally represents and warrants that as of the Effective Date it has not licensed the right to import the Licensed Product into the Territory from outside the Territory to a third party, nor will it do so itself or by way of a license to a third party for the term of this Agreement.

 

2.1.3   Eyenovia retains the right to grant other licenses outside of the Territory and/or the Field; provided, however, that Eyenovia will not, without the written consent of Senju, (i) grant any rights to any other licensees that would allow such licensees to directly or indirectly sell or otherwise provide the Licensed Product to a competitor of Senju, as determined in good faith by Senju, which competitor maintains at least a 15% share of the Japanese ophthalmic product market and imports the Product into, or manufactures, uses, sells or distributes the Product in the Territory, or (ii) enter into an agreement either directly or indirectly by merger, consolidation or otherwise for such competitor to acquire an equity interest or debt instrument of Eyenovia. Any such transaction entered into without the consent of Senju shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect.

 

 5 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

2.1.4   Any Invention made to the Licensed Product under this Agreement regardless of the Field made by Senju solely or jointly with a third party as a result of the activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be Senju’s sole property. Provided, however, that Senju shall assign to Eyenovia -the exclusive ownership rights to such Invention or improvement for any purpose outside the Territory, without any payment of the compensation to Senju, provided that Senju shall have no further obligations regarding such Invention, and Eyenovia shall develop and use the same at its sole discretion, cost, and risk, including patent prosecution and maintenance, and any related litigation. The disposition, use, and ownership of any Invention made to the Licensed Product made as a result of the activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, regardless of the Field, made by Senju and Eyenoviajointly shall be discussed in good faith by the Parties as soon as possible after such Invention is made.

 

2.1.5   For the purpose of confirmation, any Invention or improvement whether patentable or not made by Senju under Section 2.1.4 and the Licensor’s right under the same, shall not affect any Running Royalty rates and Royalty Term set forth in Section 6.2 and 6.3.

 

2.1.6   In the event that Senju decides, at its sole discretion, not to exercise the rights and licenses granted to it under this Agreement in any particular country of the Territory, and notifies Eyenovia in writing of the same, then Eyenovia shall have the right of first refusal for the return of such rights, in which case this Agreement would terminate in such country pursuant to Section 7.4.4.

 

 6 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 3

 

LICENSED KNOW-HOW

 

3.1      Immediately after the Effective Date, Eyenovia shall provide Senju with any and all Licensed Know-How in its possession or under its control. Further during the term of this Agreement, Eyenovia shall continue to provide any and all additional Licensed Know-How hereafter owned or controlled by Eyenovia after the Effective Date. Licensed Know-How shall include any and all technical information, information and data etc. in possession of or under the control of Eyenovia, which is necessary or useful for the Practice of Licensed Patent and for the activities required by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

TRADEMARKS

 

4.1      Senju shall select the trademarks to be used in connection with the sale and marketing of Licensed Product in the Territory. Senju shall, at its sole discretion, cost, and responsibility, file to obtain necessary registrations of the trademarks in the Territory and thereafter maintain the trademarks in the Territory.

 

ARTICLES

 

EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION I REPORTS

 

5.1      From time to time during the term of this Agreement, each Party shall notify the other Party of any important regulatory advices or instructions which come to either Party’s attention during the term of this Agreement concerning quality, safety, efficacy of the Licensed Product.

 

5.2      As long as Senju develops and commercializes the Licensed Product in the Territory, Eyenovia and Senju shall exchange the information concerning any findings associated with the use of the Licensed Product that may suggest significant adverse events, hazards, contraindications, side effect or precautions pertinent to the safety of the Licensed Product. The detailed procedure to exchange such information shall be set forth in a memorandum otherwise executed between Eyenovia and Senju.

 

 7 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 6

 

PAYMENTS AND REPORTS, LICENSE EXECUTION FEE AND LICENSED PRODUCT SUPPLY

 

6.l       License Execution Fee, As partial consideration for the rights and licenses conveyed by Eyenovia under this Agreement, Senju shall purchase from Eyenovia Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000 USO) worth of Eyenovia Series A Preferred Stock (the “Eyenovia Shares”) pursuant to a stock purchase agreement to be executed after the Effective Date. For the purpose of clarification and avoidance of doubt, the purchase price above is consideration for both the value of the Eyenovia Shares themselves as well as the rights and license granted under this Agreement.

 

6.1.1   Clinical Obligations. Senju shall have the sole discretion as to where it chooses to develop and/or commercialize the Licensed Product in the Territory. In the countries of the Territory where it chooses to develop or commercialize the Licensed Product, Senju shall finance all pre-clinical and clinical developments required for regulatory approval, occurring after the Effective Date. For the purpose of clarification, Senju may choose not to develop and/or commercialize the License Products in countries of the Territory. The results of all clinical developments shall be owned solely by Senju, but shall be made available to Eyenovia in a timely manner at the latter’s request. Provided, however, that Eyenovia’s access to and use of such results shall be non-exclusive, and at its sole risk, as Senju make no representations or warranties as to such results.

 

6.2      Running Royalties. “Running Royalties” shall be payable in USD, as set forth in this Section 6.2:

 

As additional consideration of the rights and licenses granted to it under this Agreement, on a semi-annual basis, Senju will pay to Licensor five percent (5%) of the Net Price times the number of units of Licensed Product sold by Senju in the Territory during that Semi-Annual Period. For the purpose of clarification, free samples and returned units of License Product shall not generate royalties. Provided, however, that upon the expiration of all Valid Claims covering a Licensed Product, then the above royalty rate shall be thereafter reduced to one percent (1%) only for such Licensed Product.

 

 8 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

6.3       Royalty Term. The obligation of Senju to pay royalties under this Article 4 shall continue during the term of this Agreement set forth in Section 7.1.

 

6.4       Royalty Reports. After the First Commercial Sale by Senju, its Affiliates or Sublicensees of a Licensed Product for which royalties are payable under this Article 6, Senju shall make semi-annual written reports to Eyenovia within sixty (60) days after the end of each Semi-Annual Period, stating in each such report the number, description, and aggregate Sales Revenue of such Licensed Product sold during the Semi-Annual Period. Simultaneously with the delivery of each such report, Senju shall pay to Eyenovia the royalties, if any, due for the Semi-Annual Period of such report. If no royalties are due, Senju shall so report. Such reports shall be Confidential Information of Senju subject to Article 8 herein.

 

6.5       Audits. Senju shall maintain, and shall cause its Sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate records relating to any amounts payable to Eyenovia pursuant to this Agreement, which records shall contain sufficient information to permit Eyenovia to confirm the accuracy of any reports delivered to Eyenovia hereunder. Senju or its Sublicensees shall retain such records for five (5) years following the end of the calendar year to which such records pertain, during which time Eyenovia, or Eyenovia’s appointed agents reasonably acceptable to Senju, shall have the right, at Eyenovia’s expense, to inspect on a confidential basis such records during normal business hours to verify any reports and payments made. In the event that any audit performed under this section reveals an underpayment in excess of five percent (5%), Senju shall bear the full cost of such audit and shall remit any amounts due to Eyenovia within thirty (30) days of receiving notice thereof from Eyenovia. In the event that any audit performed under this section reveals an overpayment in excess of five percent (5%), Eyenovia shall return the overpaid amount to Senju within thirty (30) days of receiving the audit report. If royalty payment obligations are still ongoing, Eyenovia may elect to return the overpayment amount to Senju in the form of a credit towards the next due royalty payment. Senju shall not be required to keep records pursuant to this Article 6 for more than five (5) years from the end of a given calendar year.

 

 9 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

6.6      Currency Conversion. If any currency conversion shall be required in connection with the calculation of royalties hereunder, such conversion shall be made using the selling exchange rate for conversion of the foreign currency into USD, quoted for current transactions reported in The Wall Street Journal for the last business day of the calendar quarter to which such payment pertains.

 

6.7      Wire transfer fee. Wire transfer fees required to pay to Eyenovia for license, milestone and royalty payments shall be borne by Senju.

 

6.8      Penalty on delayed payment. For undisputed payment obligations, when Senju does not fulfill the payments of the License Execution Fee and/or Running Royalties, Senju shall pay interest at the lesser of an annual rate of ten percent (10%) or the maximum rate allowable by Jaw of the amount due until the payment obligation is fulfilled.

 

6.9      Based on the current US-Japan Income Tax Convention as of the date of this Agreement, payments due by Senju to Eyenovia shall be free and clear of withholding taxes; provided, however, Eyenovia will, upon the request of Senju, deliver any documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Senju as will enable Senju to determine whether or not Eyenovia is subject to any tax withholding or information reporting requirements, including, but not limited to the delivery of an IRS Form(s) W-8 on behalf of Eyenovia. Senju shall cooperate with Eyenovia to claim exemption from such deductions and withholdings under any double taxation or similar treaty or agreement in force from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any applicable law requires the withholding of any tax from any payment to be made by Senju to Eyenovia under this Agreement, Senju shall be entitled to make such withholding and shall timely pay the full amount withheld to the relevant governmental entity in accordance with applicable law. Any and all taxes levied on account of royalties paid or owed from a country or other taxing authority within which provision is made by law or regulation for withholding will be deducted from the applicable payments made by Senju hereunder.

 

 10 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

6.10    Licensed Product Supply. Eyenovia shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, (1) itself, or (2) through a third party with the prior consent of Senju, manufacture and sell the License Product to Senju for any uses under this Agreement, including commercial sales. The price of any API or Licensed Product obtained by Eyenovia from such a third party must be confirmed and agreed to in advance by Senju. The terms and conditions of such sale (including shipping) would be set forth in a separate supply and quality agreement to be negotiated and agreed to in good faith between the Parties, provided however, (1) Senju has the right to require that Eyenovia use API supplied via Senju for its requirements for its manufacture of such Licensed Product; and (2) Senju would reimburse Eyenovia for its actual costs for API required for the manufacture of such Licensed Product. For the purpose of confirmation, Senju would still have to right to separately manufacture or have the Licensed Product manufactured at its discretion for use under the Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

7.1      Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall continue in full force and effect, on a country-by-country basis, until the latest to occur: (i) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product in any country or economic area, as applicable, in the Territory; (ii) the expiration of the Licensed Patents on a country-by-country or economic area-by-area basis.

 

7.2     Termination/or Cause.

 

7.2.1   By Senju. Senju may terminate this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Section, “Cause” shall mean any material breach of any material provision of this Agreement by Eyenovia that is not cured within ninety (90) days after receipt by Eyenovia of written notice thereof from Senju.

 

7.2.2   By Eyenovia. Eyenovia may terminate this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Section, “Cause” shall mean any material breach of any material provision of this Agreement by Senju that is not cured within ninety (90) days after receipt by Senju of written notice thereof from Licensor.

 

 11 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

7.2.3   Termination for Insolvency or Bankruptcy. Either Party may, by written notice, terminate this Agreement with immediate effect if the other Party: (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files an insolvency petition in bankruptcy; (iii) petitions for or acquiesces in the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar officer to liquidate or conserve its business or any substantial part of its assets; (iv) commences under the laws of any jurisdiction any proceeding involving its insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, adjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or any other similar proceeding for the release of financially distressed debtors; or (v) becomes a party to any proceeding or action of the type described above in (iii) or (iv), and such proceeding or action remains undismissed or unstayed for a period of more than ninety (90) days.

 

7.3      Termination With or Without Cause. Senju may terminate this Agreement with or without cause, in its entirety or on a country-by-country basis. upon sixty (60) days written notice.

 

7.4     Effect of Termination.

 

7.4.1   Expiration pursuant to Section 7.1. Upon any expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, the license granted to Senju under Article 2 shall survive such termination but shall convert to an exclusive, fully paid up, irrevocable and perpetual license.

 

7.4.2   Termination by Serifu pursuant to Section 7.2.1. Upon termination of this Agreement by Senju pursuant to Section 7.2.1, Senju’s license rights in Article 2 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect. Any payments previously made to Eyenovia by Senju, based on Section 6.1.1, 6.1.2, and 6.2 prior to termination pursuant to this section shall not be refunded, with the understanding that Senju shall have no further payment obligation to Eyenovia as of the effective date of termination.

 

 12 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

7.4.3   Termination by Eyenovia pursuant to Section 7.2.2. Upon termination of this Agreement by Eyenovia pursuant to Section 7.2.2, (i) Senju’s license rights to Licensed Product and all other rights of Senju hereunder, with exception for any rights granted under Section 2.1.4, shall terminate. Upon termination pursuant to this Section 7.4.3, Senju shall transfer all rights to regulatory approvals pertaining to the Licensed Product to Eyenovia, or to a third party designated by Eyenovia. Senju shall not be entitled to refund or recovery of any development costs associated with the Licensed Product incurred prior to the effective date of termination. Eyenovia shall not refund payments made by Senju to Eyenovia, including the License Execution Fee or Running Royalties which has been paid as of the effective date of termination.

 

7.4.4  Termination by Senju pursuant to Section 7.3 or Section 2.1.6. Upon termination of this Agreement by Senju pursuant to Section 7.3, Senju shall return the Licensed Know-How to Eyenovia and Senju’s license rights in Article 2, with exception for any rights granted under Section 2.1.4, shall terminate. Upon termination of a particular country of the Territory and the return of the rights therein to Eyenovia pursuant to Section 2.1.6, Senju shall transfer all rights to regulatory approvals pertaining to the Licensed Product in such country to Eyenovia, or to a third party designated by Eyenovia.

 

7.4.5   Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release any Party hereto from any liability which, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other Party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination, nor preclude either Party from pursuing any rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity which accrued or are based upon any event occurring prior to such termination.

 

7.5       Survival. Article I and Articles 7 throughl3 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

 13 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1      Confidential Information. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither Party shall disclose publically or to any third party, any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information (the “Confidential Information”) received from the other Party hereto, during the term of this Agreement and for five (5) years thereafter. All Confidential Information must be designated as such by disclosing Party in writing at or before the disclosure is made in writing, or within thirty (30) days of such disclosure.

 

8.2       Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding Section 8.1 above, Confidential Information shall not include any of the following information which the receiving Party can demonstrate by competent evidence: (i) was already known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure; (ii) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of disclosure to the receiving Party; (iii) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; (iv) was independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to any information or materials disclosed by the disclosing Party; or (v) was subsequently disclosed to the receiving Party by a person other than a Party without breach of any legal obligation to the disclosing Party.

 

8.2.1   In addition, either Party may disclose Confidential Information, including Confidential Information related to the Licensed Product or Licensed Know-How of the other Party (i) to their legal representatives, employees and Affiliates, and legal representatives and employees of Affiliates, consultants and Sublicensees, to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, and provided such representatives, employees, consultants and Sublicensees have agreed in writing to obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information no less stringent than those set forth herein; (ii) in connection with the filing and support of patent applications; (iii) to a potential Sublicensee or as reasonably required in the course of a contemplated public offering or private financing; (iv) to a corporate partner; or (v) if disclosure is compelled to be disclosed by a court order or applicable law or regulation, provided that the Party compelled to make such disclosure requests confidential treatment of such information, and provides the other Party with sufficient advance notice of the compelled disclosure to provide adequate time to seek a protective order and discloses only the minimum necessary to comply with the requirement to disclose.

 

 14 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

8.3       Non-Disclosure. The terms of this Agreement shall not be disclosed by Senju or Eyenovia to any third party or be published unless both Parties expressly agree otherwise in writing. However, this restriction shall not apply to announcements required by law or regulation, except that in such event the Parties shall coordinate to the extent possible with respect to the details of any such announcement. This restriction shall not apply to disclosure of this Agreement to certain private third parties, such as the shareholders of either Parties, investment bankers, attorneys and other professional consultants, and prospective investors in either Party. Once a particular disclosure has been approved, further disclosures which do not differ materially therefrom may be made without obtaining any further consent of the other Party.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

PATENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

9.1      Patent Prosecution and Maintenance. Eyenovia shall have the right and obligation to prosecute and maintain the License Patents within the Territory on behalf of Eyenovia and Senju, and any interferences, re-examinations, reissues, and opposition proceeding relating thereto. Senju shall have the initial right and obligation to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of any extensions of the Licensed Patents within the Territory on behalf of Eyenovia and Senju, and any interferences, re-examinations, reissues and opposition proceeding relating thereto.

 

 15 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

9.2     Infringement.

 

9.2.1   In the event that either Party has reason to believe that a third party is infringing or is under a threat of being infringing upon the Licensed Patent, that Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing of such alleged infringement or threat of infringement. If a third party alleges or asserts that one or more claims of the Licensed Patent is invalid, this event shall be deemed to potentially impact the Licensed Product and either Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing of such event.

 

9.2.2   After notification as set forth above or after Eyenovia otherwise learns of a potential infringement, Eyenovia will investigate such third party infringement and will obtain sufficient facts and information concerning the same in sufficient detail to permit a complete infringement determination to be made. If such third party is infringing the Licensed Patent, Eyenovia will, at its option, and at its own expense and responsibility, stop such infringement. In this regard, Eyenovia will provide Senju with copies of all correspondence relating to its efforts to abate such infringement.

 

9.2.3   In the event that Eyenovia is unable to terminate such infringement or threaten of infringement within a reasonable period of time, Eyenovia shall have the right, at its sole discretion, and at its sole cost and risk, to commence a patent infringement action against such infringer at its own expense and responsibility and will retain any recovery from such litigation. In this regard, Senju agrees to cooperate with Eyenovia to bring any such suit to a successful conclusion, without any monetary obligation. Eyenovia will consult with Senju throughout the litigation as to its course of action with respect thereto and will not enter into any settlement agreement with any third party without first obtaining the mutual consent of Senju to such settlement agreement. Eyenovia shall retain all recovery from such litigation.

 

9.2.4   In the event that Eyenovia determines that such third party is infringing the Licensed Patent, but chooses not to commence a patent infringement action against such infringer, Senju shall have the right, at its option, to bring suit at its own expense and responsibility to terminate such infringement. Eyenovia may participate in a lawsuit as a plaintiff, at its option, when it is requested by Senju, and cooperate to carry out execution of litigation at Senju’s expense. Senju shall retain all recovery from such litigation.

 

 16 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

9.2.5   Both Parties shall have the right to be represented in any such action which will affect or impact the Licensed Product by counsel of their own selection and at their own expense. In the event that neither Party chooses to take commence legal action against such infringer, then the price of the Licensed Product purchased by Senju under this Agreement shall be reduced to compensate Senju for any loss in market value for the Licensed Product resulting from such infringement.

 

9.2.6   If the manufacture, sale or use of the Licensed Product in the Territory pursuant to this Agreement results in a claim, suit or proceeding, or threat of the same, alleging patent infringement against Eyenovia or Senju (collectively, “Infringement Actions”), such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing. Eyenovia shall have sole responsibility at its cost to defend such Infringement Actions using attorneys reasonably acceptable to the Senju. Senju may, at its option and cost, join in the defense using its own attorneys selected by the Senju. In any event, Eyenovia agrees to keep the Senju reasonably informed about all material developments in connection with such Infringement Action.

 

9.2.7   Eyenovia agrees not to settle any Infringement Action, or make any admissions or assert any position in such Infringement Action, in a manner that would adversely affect the Licensed Product, or the manufacture, use, or sale of the Licensed Product within or outside the Territory, without the prior written consent ofSenju.

 

9.2.8   In the event that Eyenovia or Senju becomes aware of the potential infringement of the patent rights of a third party in the Territory due to Senju’s use of the Licensed Product hereunder, then such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing. Thereafter, the Parties shall discuss and evaluate in good faith how to avoid such potential infringement.

 

 17 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 10

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1    By Senju. Senju agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Eyenovia, its trustees, officers, employees, and agents (“Eyenovia Indemnitee”), from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, fees, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), fines, penalties and other liabilities resulting from, arising out of, or related to, Senju’s material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that Senju shall not be liable for any negligence, intentional wrongdoing on the part of any Eyenovia Indemnitee.

 

10.2    By Eyenovia. Eyenovia agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Senju and its directors, officers, employees, agents, and affiliates (the “Senju Indemnitee”), from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, fees, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), fines, penalties and other liabilities resulting from, arising out of, or related to, Eyenovia’s material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement or Eyenovia’s use of Inventions assigned to it under Section 2.1.4; provided, however, that the Eyenovia shall not be liable for any negligence, intentional wrongdoing on the part of any Senju Indemnitee.

 

10.3    Procedure. All indemnification obligations in this Agreement are conditioned upon the Party seeking indemnification: (i) promptly notifying the indemnifying Party of any claim or liability of which the Party seeking indemnification becomes aware (including a copy of any related complaint, summons, notice or other instrument); provided, however, that failure to provide such notice within a reasonable period of time shall not relieve the indemnifying Party of any of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure; (ii) cooperating with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or liability (at the indemnifying Party’s expense); and (iii) not compromising or settling any claim or liability without prior written consent of the indemnifying Party.

 

 18 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ARTICLE 11

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

11.1    Eyenovia. Eyenovia represents and warrants that: (i) it is a corporation duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Eyenovia, and therefore it is a legal and valid obligation binding upon Eyenovia and enforceable in accordance with its terms which does not and will not: (a) conflict with, or constitute a default under, any agreement, instrument or understanding, oral or written, to which Eyenovia is a party or by which it is bound, nor (b) violate any law, rule or regulation or any order, judgment, decree, determination or award of any court, governmental body or administrative or other agency having jurisdiction over it.; (iii) Eyenovia is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Patents and the Licensed Know-How; (iv) the Licensed Patents are not invalid or non-enforceable in view of any references currently known to Eyenovia and Eyenovia has filed and prosecuted the patent applications within the Licensed Patent in good faith and compiled with all duties of disclosure with respect thereto; (v) Eyenovia has the right to grant the rights and licenses granted herein; (vi) the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest or restriction on license; (vii) as far as the Eyenovia is aware of at the Effective Date, the practice of the Licensed Patents and use of Licensed Know-How will not infringe intellectual property of third parties; (viii) it has not previously granted, and will not grant during the term of this Agreement, any right, license or interest in or to the Licensed Patents or Licensed Know-How, or any portion thereof, inconsistent with the license granted to Senju herein; (ix) as far as the Eyenovia is aware of at the Effective Date, there are or were no threatened or pending actions, suits, investigations, claims or proceedings in any way relating to the Licensed Patents or the Licensed Know-How; (x) that the list of patents and patent applications in Exhibit 1 is a complete and accurate list of all patents and patent applications owned or controlled by Eyenovia that relate to the Field, (xi) to the actual knowledge of Eyenovia, the development, use, offer for sale, sale, marketing, promotion and/or distribution of the Licensed Product by Senju or its Sublicensees in the Territory, will not infringe the proprietary or intellectual property rights of any third party, and (xii) Eyenovia has a good faith belief that the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How may be configured into a commercial product .

 

 19 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

11.2    Serifu. Senju represents and warrants that: (i) it is a corporation duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Japan and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Senju.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

ARBITRATION

 

12.1     All disputes, controversies or differences which may arise between the Parties hereto or for the breach thereof shall be finally settled in accordance with the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce as currently in force by an arbitral tribunal of three (3) arbitrators, and according to the Rules of the ICC, unless the Parties agree to have only one (1) arbitrator before the ICC.. Such arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in the English language and shall be held in Osaka, Japan if the arbitration is requested by Eyenovia, and in New York City, New York, U.S.A., if the arbitration is requested by Senju, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. The determination of the arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Parties hereto. Any decision and/or award of the arbitrators may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction for judicial recognition of the decision and an order of enforcement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the relevant cure periods for breach under this Agreement shall toll while either Party pursues resolution to a dispute through arbitration.

 

12.2     The prevailing Party may be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable fees and costs, at the discretion of the arbitral tribunal.

 

 20 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

ARTICLE 13

 

GENERAL

 

13.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed m accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

13.2    Independent Contractors. The relationship of the Parties hereto is that of independent contractors. The Parties hereto are not deemed to be agents, partners or joint ventures of the other for any purpose as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

13.3    Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. However, either Party shall have the right to assign this Agreement to an Affiliate upon written notice to the non-assigning Party; provided that the assigning Party guarantees the performance of all rights and obligations of this Agreement by such Affiliate, and the Affiliate to whom this Agreement is assigned assumes all rights and obligations of this Agreement according to its terms and conditions, but further provided that if the non-assigning Party reasonably believes such assignment could result in material adverse tax consequences to the non-assigning Party, such assignment shall not be made without the non-assigning Party’s consent. Any assignment under this Agreement shall not relieve the assigning Party of its responsibilities for performance of its obligations under this Agreement, nor the other Party to any of its rights hereunder. The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties. Any assignment of this Agreement in contravention of this Section 13.3 shall be null and void.

 

13.4    Right to Develop Independently. Nothing in this Agreement will impair Senju’s right to independently acquire, license, develop for itself, or have others develop for it, intellectual property and technology performing similar functions as the Licensed Subject Matter or to market and distribute products based on such other intellectual property and technology.

 

 21 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

13.5    Notices. Any required notices hereunder shall be given in writing by certified mail or international courier service at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may indicate on its behalf by written notice.

 

Ifto Senju:

 

Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

5-8, Hiranomachi 2-chome, Chuo-ku

Osaka 541-0046

JAPAN

Attention: Executive Vice President

Facsimile: +81-6-6226-0406

Email: s-yoshida@senju.co.jp

 

If to Eyenovia:

 

Eyenovia, Inc.

Attention: Legal Affairs

Rivergate Tower

400 N. Ashley St. Suite 2150

Tampa, FL 33602

 

Notice shall be deemed served when delivered or, if delivery is not accomplished by reason or some fault of the addressee, when tendered.

 

13.6    Force Mqjeure. Neither Party shall lose any rights hereunder or be liable to the other Party for damages or losses (except for payment obligations) on account of failure of performance by the defaulting Party if the failure is occasioned by war, strike, fire, Act of God, earthquake, flood, lockout, embargo, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, failure of suppliers, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control and not caused by the negligence, intentional conduct or misconduct of the non-performing Party and the non-performing Party has exerted all reasonable efforts to avoid or remedy such force majeure; provided, however, that in no event shall a Party be required to settle any labor dispute or disturbance.

 

 22 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

13.7    Compliance with Laws. Each Party shall furnish to the other Party any information related to the subject matter of this Agreement requested or required by that Party during the term of this Agreement or any extensions hereof to enable that party to comply with the requirements of any relevant federal, state and/or government agency.

 

13.8    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY EXCEPT AS PROVIDED UNDER ARTICLE 7, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY.

 

13.9    Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time on and after the date of this Agreement, Eyenovia shall at the written request of Senju (i) deliver to Senju such records, data or other documents consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) execute, and deliver or cause to be delivered, all such consents, documents or further instruments of transfer or license, and (iii) take or cause to be taken all such actions, as Senju may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order for Senju to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

13.10  Severability. In the event that any provisions of this Agreement are determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without said provision. The Parties shall in good faith negotiate a substitute clause for any provision declared invalid or unenforceable, which shall most nearly approximate the intent of the Parties in entering this Agreement.

 

13.11  Waiver. The failure of a Party to enforce any provision of the Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right of such Party to thereafter enforce that provision or any other provision or right.

 

13.12  Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior discussions, agreements and writings in relating thereto.

 

 23 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

This Agreement may not be altered, amended or modified in any way except by a writing signed by both Parties.

 

13.13  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eyenovia and Senju have executed this Agreement by their respective duly authorized representatives.

 

EYENOVIA, INC.   SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.
     
(“Eyenovia”)   (“Senju”)
     
By: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev   By: /s/ Yukoh oshida
  Name: Tsontcho Ianchulev, MD MPH     Name: Yukoh oshida
  Title:   CEO     Title:   President
  Date:   March 18, 2015     Date:   March 18, 2015

 

 24 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

July 6th, 2017

 

Attn: Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev  
Re: Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment

 

Dear Dr. Ianchulev:

 

On behalf of Eyenovia, Inc. (the "Company"), I am pleased to extend this offer letter. This letter sets out the terms of your continued engagement with the company as its CEO and CHIEF MEDICAL OFFICER.

 

Starting July 1st, 2018, your annual salary will be $32,083 payable monthly or bi-weekly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures and you will be eligible for the company's benefits plan.

 

In addition, the Board is approving a total of 1,503,960 options. 75% of the total option package will be granted now and will start vesting immediately in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments. The additional 25% of the options will be bestowed within 12 months and will be based on meeting pre-specified milestones. The options will provide that upon a Change in Control, as such term is defined in the Company's 2013 Stock Plan (the "Plan"), all Board- approved Options will immediately vest in full.

 

While employed by the Company, your positions as outlined in this offer letter are exempt positions, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. In addition,

 

If following a Change in Control, your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Plan) or you suffer an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company within thirty (30) days of such termination, you will receive severance payments at your final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, for a six (6) month period beginning after the date of your termination without Cause and upon the effective date of the release of claims (the "Termination Severance"). For purposes of this Agreement, "Involuntary Termination" means any of the following conditions (x) a change in your title or position with the Company which materially reduces your level of responsibility or the nature of your function or your reporting structure; or (y) a material decrease in your base salary and/or a material decrease in any of your then-existing bonus arrangements or employee benefits (other than a material decrease which is applicable to all similarly situated employees and executives of the Company in connection with an across- the-board cost savings strategy). The foregoing definition of Involuntary Termination is intended to comply with the safe harbor provisions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(n)(2)(ii), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. An event described in this paragraph will not constitute an Involuntary Termination unless it is communicated by you to the Company in writing within ninety (90) days of occurrence and not corrected (if correctible) by the Company within sixty (60) days of the Company's receipt of such notice. During the period in which you are receiving Termination Severance payments, if you were covered under the Company's group health plan as of the date of your termination of employment, you will also have the opportunity to elect to continue such group coverage under federal and state law (COBRA). If you timely elect such COBRA coverage, the Company will pay the premiums to continue your group health insurance coverage under COBRA until the earlier of (a) the end of the six (6) month severance period described above, or (b) commencement of your coverage under another employer'sgroup health plan.

 

www.eyenoviabio.com

 

   

 

 

 

 

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, including group health insurance and vacation programs in accordance with the Company's benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

 

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company's standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.

 

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, defamation, wrongful termination or age, sex, sexual orientation, race, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, religious creed, physical or mental disability or medical condition or other discrimination, retaliation or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully resolved by confidential, binding arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator through the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") under the AAA's National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA's website at www.adr.org. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

 

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding "at will" employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

 

www.eyenoviabio.com

 

   

 

 

We look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Fred Eshelman
  Fred Eshelman
  Chairman, Eyenovia, Inc.
   
  The foregoing terms are hereby understood and accepted:
     
  Signed: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

July 6th, 2017

 

Attn: Mr. Luke Clauson
Re: Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment

 

Dear Mr. Clauson:

 

On behalf of Eyenovia, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to extend this offer. This letter sets out the terms of your engagement and employment with the Company, which will  start on AUGUST 1st, 2017 as VICE PRESIDENT OF R&D AND MANUFACTURING.

 

Initially, you will start in a part-time capacity not to exceed 2 days a week with compensation as a consultant. Commencing immediately, you will work two days per week for the Company. In this capacity, you will be paid $9,167 per month and for any additional work at the rate of $175 per hour.

 

Commencing later in 2017 or early 2018, assuming no change in role and responsibilities, the company may convert consulting contract to an employee status in the same role. Your annualized salary will be $275,000 payable monthly or bi-weekly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and you will be eligible for the company’s benefits plan.

 

In addition, the Board is approving a total of 375,990 options. 75% of the total option package will be granted now and will start vesting immediately in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments. The additional 25% of the options will be bestowed within 12 months and will be based on meeting pre-specified milestones as proposed by you and approved by management. The options will provide that upon a Change in Control, as such term is defined in the Company’s 2013 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), all Board-approved Options will immediately vest in full.

 

While employed by the Company, your positions as outlined in this offer letter are exempt positions, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. In addition,

 

If following a Change in Control, your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Plan) or you suffer an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company within thirty (30) days of such termination, you will receive severance payments at your final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, for a six (6) month period beginning after the date of your termination without Cause and upon the effective date of the release of claims (the “Termination Severance”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” means any of the following conditions (x) a change in your title or position with the Company which materially reduces your level of responsibility or the nature of your function or your reporting structure; or (y) a material decrease in your base salary and/or a material decrease in any of your then-existing bonus arrangements or employee benefits (other than a material decrease which is applicable to all similarly situated employees and executives of the Company in connection with an across- the-board cost savings strategy). The foregoing definition of Involuntary Termination is intended to comply with the safe harbor provisions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(n)(2)(ii), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. An event described in this paragraph will not constitute an Involuntary Termination unless it is communicated by you to the Company in writing within ninety (90) days of occurrence and not corrected (if correctible) by the Company within sixty (60) days of the Company’s receipt of such notice. During the period in which you are receiving Termination Severance payments, if you were covered under the Company’s group health plan as of the date of your termination of employment, you will also have the opportunity to elect to continue such group coverage under federal and state law (COBRA). If you timely elect such COBRA coverage, the Company will pay the premiums to continue your group health insurance coverage under COBRA until the earlier of (a) the end of the six (6) month severance period described above, or (b) commencement of your coverage under another employer’s group health plan.

 

www.eyenoviabio.com

 

   

 

 

 

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, including group health insurance and vacation programs in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

 

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.

 

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, defamation, wrongful termination or age, sex, sexual orientation, race, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, religious creed, physical or mental disability or medical condition or other discrimination, retaliation or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully resolved by confidential, binding arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator through the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

 

www.eyenoviabio.com

 

   

 

 

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

  

We look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
  Tsontcho Ianchulev, MD
  CEO - Eyenovia, Inc.
   
  The foregoing terms are hereby understood and accepted:
     
  Signed:    

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

July 6th, 2017

 

Attn:Mrs. Jennifer G. Clasby
Re:Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment

 

Dear Mrs. Clasby:

 

On behalf of Eyenovia, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to extend this offer. This letter sets out the terms of your engagement and employment with the Company, which will start on AUGUST 1st, 2017 as VICE PRESIDENT CLINICAL OPERATIONS.

 

Initially, you will start in a part-time capacity not to exceed 2 days a week with compensation as a consultant. Commencing immediately, you will work two days per week for the Company. In this capacity, you will be paid $9,167 per month and for any additional work at the rate of $175 per hour.

 

Commencing later in 2017 or early 2018, assuming no change in role and responsibilities, the company may convert consulting contract to an employee status in the same role. Your annualized salary will be $275,000 payable monthly or bi-weekly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and you will be eligible for the company’s benefits plan.

 

In addition, the Board is approving a total of 300,792 options. 75% of the total option package will be granted now and will start vesting immediately in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments. The additional 25% of the options will be bestowed within 12 months based on meeting pre-specified milestones as proposed by you and approved by management. The options will provide that upon a Change in Control, as such term is defined in the Company’s 2013 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), all Board-approved Options will immediately vest in full.

 

While employed by the Company, your positions as outlined in this offer letter are exempt positions, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. In addition,

 

If following a Change in Control, your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Plan) or you suffer an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company within thirty (30) days of such termination, you will receive severance payments at your final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, for a six (6) month period beginning after the date of your termination without Cause and upon the effective date of the release of claims (the “Termination Severance”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” means any of the following conditions (x) a change in your title or position with the Company which materially reduces your level of responsibility or the nature of your function or your reporting structure; or (y) a material decrease in your base salary and/or a material decrease in any of your then-existing bonus arrangements or employee benefits (other than a material decrease which is applicable to all similarly situated employees and executives of the Company in connection with an across- the-board cost savings strategy). The foregoing definition of Involuntary Termination is intended to comply with the safe harbor provisions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(n)(2)(ii), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. An event described in this paragraph will not constitute an Involuntary Termination unless it is communicated by you to the Company in writing within ninety (90) days of occurrence and not corrected (if correctible) by the Company within sixty (60) days of the Company’s receipt of such notice. During the period in which you are receiving Termination Severance payments, if you were covered under the Company’s group health plan as of the date of your termination of employment, you will also have the opportunity to elect to continue such group coverage under federal and state law (COBRA). If you timely elect such COBRA coverage, the Company will pay the premiums to continue your group health insurance coverage under COBRA until the earlier of (a) the end of the six (6) month severance period described above, or (b) commencement of your coverage under another employer’s group health plan.

 

 www.eyenoviabio.com 

 

 

 

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, including group health insurance and vacation programs in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

 

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.

 

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, defamation, wrongful termination or age, sex, sexual orientation, race, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, religious creed, physical or mental disability or medical condition or other discrimination, retaliation or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully resolved by confidential, binding arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator through the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

 

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

 

 www.eyenoviabio.com 

 

 

We look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
  Tsontcho Ianchulev, MD
  CEO- Eyenovia, Inc.
   
  The foregoing terms are hereby understood and accepted:
   
  Signed: /s/ Jennifer G. Clasby

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

July 6th, 2017

 

Attn: Dr. Curt LaBelle
Re: Engagement Letter for Professional Services

 

Dear Dr. LaBelle:

 

On behalf of Eyenovia, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to extend our professional services agreement outlining Cura Partners engagement as an operating Board member, Head of Operations and BD.

 

Starting July 1st, 2017, you will provide services not to exceed 2 days a week with compensation as a consultant. In this capacity, you will be paid $9,567 per month and for any additional work at the rate of $250 per hour.

 

In addition, the Board is approving a total of 500,000 options. 75% of the total option package will be granted now and will start vesting immediately in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments. The additional 25% of the options will be bestowed within 12 months and will be based on meeting pre-specified milestones as proposed by you and approved by management.

 

As a condition of your engagement, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States.

 

The Company may terminate this agreement: (i) for convenience, upon one hundred twenty (120) days written notice to Consultant; or (ii) immediately for Consultant’s failure to satisfactorily perform his/her duties described above or for Consultant’s breach of any of his/her obligations under this agreement.

 

We look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
  Tsontcho Ianchulev, MD
  CEO- Eyenovia, Inc.
   
  The foregoing terms are hereby understood and accepted:
     
  Signed: /s/ Curt LaBelle

 

www.eyenoviabio.com

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

September 27, 2017

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Section 1 Definitions 1
     
1.1 Certain Definitions 1
     
Section 2 Registration Rights 4
     
2.1 Requested Registration 4
2.2 Company Registration 6
2.3 Registration on Form S-3 7
2.4 Expenses of Registration 8
2.5 Registration Procedures 8
2.6 Indemnification 10
2.7 Information by Holder 11
2.8 Restrictions on Transfer 12
2.9 Rule 144 Reporting 13
2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement 14
2.11 Delay of Registration 14
2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights 14
2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights 14
2.14 Termination of Registration Rights 14
     
Section 3 Covenants of the Company 15
     
3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights 15
3.2 Confidentiality 16
3.3 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement 16
3.4 Director and Officer Insurance 16
3.5 Key Person Insurance 16
3.6 Compliance with Laws 16
3.7 “Bad Actor” Notice 16
3.8 Termination of Covenants 16
     
Section 4 Pre-Emptive Rights 17
     
4.1 Pre-Emptive Rights to Significant Holders 17
     
Section 5 Miscellaneous 18
     
5.1 Amendment 18
5.2 Notices 18
5.3 Governing Law 19
5.4 Successors and Assigns 19
5.5 Entire Agreement 19
5.6 Delays or Omissions 20
5.7 Severability 20
5.8 Titles and Subtitles 20
5.9 Counterparts 20
5.10 Electronic Execution and Delivery 20
5.11 Jurisdiction; Venue 20
5.12 Further Assurances 20
5.13 Termination Upon Change of Control 21

 

 -i- 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

    Page
     
5.14 Conflict 21
5.15 Attorneys’ Fees 21
5.16 Aggregation of Stock 21

 

 -ii- 

 

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of September 27, 2017, and is between EYENOVIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company as listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Series A Investors”), the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the Company as listed on Schedule 2 hereto (the “Series A-2 Investors”) and the investors listed on Schedule 3 hereto (the “Series B Investors” and together with the Series A Investors and the Series A-2 the “Investors” and each an “Investor”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Series A Investors and Series A-2 Investors hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series A-2 Preferred Stock (as defined below), and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and such Investors possess registration rights, information rights, pre-emptive rights, and other rights pursuant to that certain Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2015, between the Company and such Investors (as amended, the “Prior Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Series A Investors and the Series A-2 Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Series B Investors are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and such Investors (the “Purchase Agreement”), under which certain of the Company’s and the Series B Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Series A Investors, the Series A-2 Investors and the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1

 

Definitions

 

1.1         Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)          “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

(b)           “Bad Actor Disqualification” means any “bad actor” disqualification described in Rule 506(d)(1) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

(c)          “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

(d)          “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(e)          “Conversion Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

(f)           “Election Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

(g)          “Excess Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

 

(h)          “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(i)           “Exercising Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

 

(j)           “Holder” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

 

(k)          “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

 

(l)           “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

 

(m)         “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

 

(n)          “Initiating Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

(o)          “Investors” shall mean the Series A Investors, Series A-2 Investors and Series B Investors, collectively.

 

(p)          “New Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

(q)          “Non-Exercising Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

 

(r)           “Over-allotment Exercise Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

 

(s)          “Over-allotment New Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

 

(t)           “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

(u)          “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and each other series of preferred stock subsequently issued by the Company.

 

 -2- 

 

 

(v)          “Prior Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

(w)          “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

(x)          “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(y)          The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

(z)          “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

 

(aa)        “Restricted Securities” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(c).

 

(bb)       “Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated of even date herewith, between the Company and the individuals and entities listed on Schedules 1, 2 and 3 thereto.

 

(cc)        “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

(dd)       “Rule 145” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

(ee)        “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(ff)         “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

 

(gg)       “Series A Investors” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Schedule 1.

 

 -3- 

 

 

(hh)       “Series A Preferred Stock” shall mean the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(ii)          “Series A-2 Investors” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Schedule 2.

 

(jj)          “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” shall mean the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(kk)        “Series B Investors” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Schedule 3.

 

(ll)          “Series B Preferred Stock” shall mean the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(mm)      “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Preferred Stock.

 

(nn)       “Significant Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

Section 2

 

Registration Rights

 

2.1         Requested Registration.

 

(a)          Request for Registration. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Holders (the “Initiating Holders”) of

 

(i)          at least a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, or

 

(ii)         at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities,

 

that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), then the Company will (1) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and (2) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. In the event the registration request is made by Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i), such request shall be limited to those Registrable Securities that would be received by such Initiating Holders upon conversion of their Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock, and any other shares of Common Stock held by such Initiating Holders at the time such request is made.

 

(b)          Limitations on Requested Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

 

(i)          Prior to the earlier of (A) the ten (10) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public (or the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated);

 

 -4- 

 

 

(ii)         If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate offering price, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, of less than $2.00 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares) and the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $20,000,000;

 

(iii)        In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(iv)        With respect to registration requests made by Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i), after the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant thereto;

 

(v)         With respect to registration requests made by Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii), after the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant thereto;

 

(vi)        During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

(vii)       If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3;

 

(viii)      If the Initiating Holders do not request that such offering be firmly underwritten by nationally recognized underwriters selected by the Initiating Holders (subject to the consent of the Company); or

 

(ix)        If the Company and the Initiating Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of the underwriter described in Section 2.1(b)(vii) above to firmly underwrite the offer.

 

(c)          Deferral. If (i) in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be detrimental to the Company and the board of directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(vi) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of time to be reasonably determined by the board of directors of the Company after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than twice in any twelve-month period.

 

 -5- 

 

 

(d)          Underwriting. Unless the Registrable Securities may be registered by the Company on Form S-3, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (determined on an as-converted basis) then held by the Initiating Holders.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.

 

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(d), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

 

2.2         Company Registration.

 

(a)          Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

 

(i)          promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

 

(ii)         use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

 -6- 

 

 

(b)          Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, and (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion.

 

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to Section 2.2(b), the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion, in the manner set forth above.

 

(c)          Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

 

2.3         Registration on Form S-3. 

 

(a)          Request for Form S-3 Registration. After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(1) and Section 2.1(a)(2).

 

 -7- 

 

 

(b)          Limitations on Form S-3 Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

 

(i)          In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v); or

 

(ii)         If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $l,000,000.

 

(c)          Deferral. The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.

 

(d)          Underwriting. If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section 2.1(d) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

2.4         Expenses of Registration.  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however, in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

 

2.5         Registration Procedures.  In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)          Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;

 

(b)          Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

 -8- 

 

 

(c)          Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

 

(d)          Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

 

(e)          Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(f)          If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its status as a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) for purposes of an automatic shelf registration statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 2.3 (i) the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, (ii) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement, and (iii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, promptly amend the registration statement onto a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;

 

(g)          Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)          Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

 

(i)          In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further, that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

 -9- 

 

 

2.6         Indemnification. 

 

(a)          To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided, further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)          To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

 -10- 

 

 

(c)          Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

(d)          If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

2.7         Information by Holder.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

 

 -11- 

 

 

2.8           Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(a)          The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10, and:

 

(i)          There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with the registration statement; or

 

(ii)         The Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, the Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8(a), no such registration statement or opinion of counsel or “no action” letter shall be necessary for (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided, in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)          Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

 -12- 

 

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

 

(d)          The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(c) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

(e)          Each Investor agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person other than the Company unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

2.9         Rule 144 Reporting.  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)          Make and keep adequate current public information with respect to the Company available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

(b)          File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

 

(c)          So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

 -13- 

 

 

2.10       Market Stand-Off Agreement.  Each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such restricted period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10.

 

2.11       Delay of Registration.  No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

2.12       Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights.  The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned (but only with all related obligations) by (a) any Holder that is an entity to its Affiliate or (b) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities who, after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10.

 

2.13       Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.14), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

2.14       Termination of Registration Rights.  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period, and (ii) three (3) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

 -14- 

 

 

Section 3

 

Covenants of the Company

 

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

 

3.1         Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights.

 

(a)          Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish the following reports to each Investor who owns at least 300,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like):

 

(i)          As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company.

 

(ii)         As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

(iii)        As soon as practicable after the end of the third quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the Company’s annual operating plan.

 

(b)          Inspection Rights. The Company will afford each Significant Holder and each Significant Holder’s accountants and counsel reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Company’s respective properties, books and records. Each Significant Holder shall have such other access to management and information as is necessary for it to comply with applicable laws and regulations and regulations and reporting obligations. The Company shall not be required to disclose details of contracts with or work performed for specific customers and other business partners where to do so would violate confidentiality obligations to those parties. Investors may exercise their rights under this Section 3.1(b) only for purposes reasonably related to their interests under this Agreement and related agreements. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) may not be assigned or otherwise conveyed by the Investors or by any subsequent transferee of any such rights if the Company reasonably and in good faith determines that the proposed transferee is a competitor of the Company, or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting securities of such a competitor of the Company (it being understood that any Holder that is a venture capital investor shall not be deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company merely by virtue of entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1(b) to provide access to any properties, books, records or other information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company); or (ii) the disclosure of or access to which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

 -15- 

 

 

3.2         Confidentiality.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally.

 

3.3         Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

3.4         Director and Officer Insurance.  The Company shall obtain, within ninety (90) days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers, and subsequently maintain in full force and effect, director and officer liability insurance in the average amount of at least $3,000,000, until such time as the Board of Directors (including each Preferred Director) determines that such insurance should be discontinued. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing covenant shall be in addition to any obligations set forth in indemnification agreements with the Company’s directors.

 

3.5         Key Person Insurance.  The Company shall obtain, if it does not already possess, within ninety (90) days of the date hereof, and subsequently maintain in full force and effect, key person insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 for the following individual: Curt LaBelle.

 

3.6         Compliance with Laws; Maintenance of Intellectual Property.  The Company shall use its best efforts to comply with all laws, including ERISA. The Company shall take commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the validity of each patent, trademark registration, patent or trademark application and other registered intellectual property, to the extent the same were valid at the time the Company acquired them, unless the Company in its ordinary business judgment elects to abandon, discontinue prosecution or maintenance of , disclaim or dedicate such intellectual property to the public domain.

 

3.7         “Bad Actor” Notice.  Each party to this Agreement will promptly notify each other party to this Agreement in writing if it or, to its knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification.

 

3.8         Termination of Covenants.  The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering; provided, however, that the holders of the Shares shall be entitled to receive the same reports and other information that the Company provides to the holders of its Common Stock.

 

 -16- 

 

 

Section 4

 

Pre-Emptive Rights

 

4.1         Pre-Emptive Rights to Significant Holders.  The Company hereby grants (i) to each Holder who owns at least 300,000 Shares or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like) and (ii) to each Holder of Series B Preferred Stock (each, a “Significant Holder” and collectively, the “Significant Holders”), the pre-emptive right to purchase its Pre-Emptive Pro Rata Share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Significant Holder’s Pre-Emptive Pro Rata Share, for purposes of this pre-emptive right, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants held by said Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants).

 

(a)          “New Securities” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include any securities excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common” or “Excluded Securities” under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended from time to time.

 

(b)          In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall have ten (10) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered (the “Election Period”) to agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

 

(c)          Each Significant Holder exercising its right to purchase its Pre-emptive Pro Rata Share of the New Securities in full (an “Exercising Holder”) shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any other Significant Holder fails to exercise its right under this Section 4.1 to purchase its Pre-emptive Pro Rata Share of the New Securities (each, a “Non-Exercising Holder”), such Exercising Holder may purchase all or any portion of such Non-Exercising Holder’s allotment (the “Over-allotment New Securities”) by giving written notice to the Company setting forth the number of Over-allotment New Securities that such Exercising Holder is willing to purchase within five (5) days of receipt of the Over-allotment Notice (the “Over-allotment Exercise Period”). Such Exercising Holder’s election to purchase Over-allotment New Securities shall be binding and irrevocable. If more than one Exercising Holder elects to exercise its right of over-allotment, each Exercising Holder shall have the right to purchase the number of Over-allotment New Securities it elected to purchase in its written notice; provided, that if the over-allotment New Securities are over-subscribed, each Exercising Holder shall purchase its pro rata portion of the available Over-allotment New Securities based upon the relative Pre-emptive Pro Rata Shares of the Exercising Holders

 

 -17- 

 

 

(d)          In the event the Significant Holders fail to exercise fully their pre-emptive rights and over-allotment rights, if any, following the expiration of the applicable Election Period and Over-allotment Exercise Period, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’ pre-emptive rights set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised (the “Excess Shares”), at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold the Excess Shares within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering the Excess Shares to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1.

 

(e)          The pre-emptive rights granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to, the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

(f)          A Holder will not have any pre-emptive rights to purchase a pro rata share of New Securities in accordance with this Section 4.1 and will not be a Significant Holder for purposes of pre-emptive rights granted under this Section 4.1 if, and for so long as, the Holder, any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members or any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the securities of the Company held by the Holder (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act.

 

Section 5

 

Miscellaneous

 

5.1         Amendment.  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.14); provided, however, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Holder different from other Holders, the consent of such Holder shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.14) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement.

 

5.2         Notices.  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a)          if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

 -18- 

 

 

(b)          if to any Holder, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(c)          if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 315 Montgomery Street, Suite 100, San Francisco, CA 94104, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors or Holders, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Hill Ward Henderson, 101 East Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 3700, Tampa, Florida 33602, Attention: R. Reid Haney.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, (iv) if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor and Holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor or Holder in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor or Holder in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Investor or Holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor or Holder. This consent may be revoked by an Investor or Holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

5.3         Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

5.4         Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

5.5         Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

 

 -19- 

 

 

5.6         Delays or Omissions.  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

5.7         Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

5.8         Titles and Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

5.9         Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

5.10       Electronic Execution and Delivery.  A facsimile, telecopy, pdf., email or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy, pdf. or other reproduction hereof.

 

5.11       Jurisdiction; Venue.  Each of the parties hereto hereby submits and consents irrevocably to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto also agrees that the jurisdiction over the person of such parties and the subject matter of such dispute shall be effected by the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action in the manner provided for in Section 5.2 or in such other manner as may be lawful, and that service in such manner shall constitute valid and sufficient service of process.

 

5.12       Further Assurances.  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

 

 -20- 

 

 

5.13       Termination Upon Change of Control.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; or (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

5.14       Conflict.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

 

5.15       Attorneys’ Fees.  In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

5.16       Aggregation of Stock.  All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

(signature page follows)

 

 -21- 

 

 

The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

  EYENOVIA, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
       
  By: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
    Name:   Tsontcho Ianchulev
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

(Signature page to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 

 

 

 

The party below hereby agrees, effective _________________, 2017, to become a party to this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and for all purposes of this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement the party below shall be included within the term Investor.

 

  INVESTOR:
   
   
  (Print investor name)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
   
   
  (Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Series A Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2

Series A-2 Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

Series B Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my pre-emptive rights under the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of [_____________] (the “Agreement”):

 

1.          Waiver of [___] days’ notice period in which to exercise right of first refusal: (please check only one)

 

(   )WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Holders, the [___]-day notice period provided to exercise my pre-emptive rights granted under the Agreement.

 

(   )DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.

 

2.          Issuance and Sale of New Securities: (please check only one)

 

(   )WAIVE in full the pre-emptive rights granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.

 

(   )ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ (please provide amount) in New Securities proposed to be issued by Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing LESS than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

(   )ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ in New Securities proposed to be issued by Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing my FULL pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

(   )ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[_______] in New Securities being made available in the financing AND, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $__________ (please provide amount) or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available in the event other Significant Holders do not exercise their full pre-emptive rights with respect to the $[_______] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

Date: ________________

 

   
  (Print investor name)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
   
   
  (Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance. The company will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

 

September 27, 2017

 

 

 

   

 

 

Table of Contents

 

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS 1
1.1 Certain Definitions. 1
1.2 For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings: 1
SECTION 2 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER 3
2.1 General. 3
2.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. 4
SECTION 3 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL 4
3.1 Exercise by the Company. 4
3.2 Initial Exercise by the Eligible Investors. 4
3.3 Subsequent Exercise by the Eligible Investors. 5
3.4 Purchase Price. 5
3.5 Closing; Payment. 5
3.6 Exclusion from Right of First Refusal. 5
SECTION 4 RIGHT OF CO-SALE 6
4.1 Exercise by the Eligible Investors. 6
4.2 Subsequent Election to Sell by the Selling Investors. 6
4.3 Closing; Consummation of the Co-Sale. 7
4.4 Exclusion from Co-Sale Right. 7
4.5 Multiple Series, Class or Type of Stock. 7
4.6 Seller’s Right To Transfer. 7
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS TO VALID TRANSFER 7
5.1 Generally. 7
5.2 Put Right. 7
SECTION 6 RESTRICTIVE LEGEND AND STOP TRANSFER ORDERS 8
6.1 Legend. 8
6.2 Stop Transfer Instructions. 8
SECTION 7 SECTION 7  TERMINATION 8
7.1 Termination. 8
SECTION 8 MISCELLANEOUS 9
8.1 Notices. 9
8.2 Successors and Assigns. 10
8.3 Severability. 10
8.4 Amendment. 10
8.5 Continuity of Other Restrictions. 10
8.6 Governing Law. 10
8.7 Counterparts. 10
8.8 Further Assurances. 10
8.9 Conflict. 11
8.10 Attorney’s Fees. 11
8.11 Titles and Subtitles. 11
8.12 Entire Agreement. 11
8.13 Delays or Omissions. 11
8.14 Electronic Execution and Delivery. 11
8.15 Jurisdiction; Venue. 11
8.16 Aggregation. 12

 

i 

 

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of September 27, 2017, and is between EYENOVIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company as listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Series A Investors”), the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the Company as listed on Schedule 2 hereto (the “Series A-2 Investors”), the investors listed on Schedule 3 hereto (the “Series B Investors” and together with the Series A Investors and the Series A-2 the “Investors” and each an “Investor”), and the holders of the Company’s common stock listed on Schedule 4, as updated from time to time (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Series A Investors and Series A-2 Investors collectively hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series A-2 Preferred Stock (as defined below), and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof. The Holders hold shares of Common Stock in the Company. The Holders, Series A Investors and Series A-2 Investors and are parties to that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2015, between the Company, the Holders and such Investors (the “Prior Agreement”).

 

The Company proposes to sell shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock to the Series B Investors pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”). As a condition to the Financing, the Holders, the Series A Investors and the Series A-2 Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety by entering into this Agreement to which the Series B Investors hereby join.

 

The parties therefore agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1         Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)          “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

(b)          “Bad Actor Disqualification” means any “bad actor” disqualification described in Rule 506(d)(1) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(c)          “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(d)          “Change of Control” means the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions.

 

 

 

 

(e)          “Convertible Securities” means all then outstanding options, warrants, rights, convertible notes, preferred stock or other securities of the Company directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

 

(f)           “Co-Sale Eligible Investor” means each Eligible Investor who has not exercised its right in Sections 3.2 and/or 3.3, as the case may be.

 

(g)          “Days” means calendar days; provided that if any day on which a period specified in this Agreement would otherwise terminate falls on a weekend or a federal holiday, the term “day” shall mean the next business day.

 

(h)          “Eligible Investor” means (i) an Investor who or which, at the time in question, holds at least 300,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series A-2 Preferred Stock (as may be adjusted from time to time for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations and the like) or (ii) an Investor who or which, at the time in question, holds any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

(i)           “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

(j)           “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, all shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock and each other series of preferred stock subsequently issued by the Company.

 

(k)          “Rights of Co-Sale” means the rights of co-sale provided to the Co-Sale Eligible Investors in Section 4.

 

(l)           “Rights of First Refusal” means the rights of first refusal provided to the Company and the Eligible Investors in Section 3.

 

(m)         “Seller” means any holder of Common Stock or Preferred Stock proposing to Transfer Seller Shares.

 

(n)          “Seller Shares” means all shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company owned as of the date hereof or hereafter acquired by any stockholder, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations and the like.

 

(o)          “Series A Preferred Stock” means the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(p)          “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” means the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(q)          “Series B Preferred Stock” means the Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(r)           “Transfer,” “Transferring,” “Transferred,” or words of similar import, mean and include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including but not limited to transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, except:

 

 2 

 

 

(i)          any bona fide pledge made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest, if the pledgee executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as a Seller in the event that and to the extent that such pledgee ever acquires ownership of such shares;

 

(ii)         any transfers of Seller Shares by a Seller to Seller’s spouse, ex-spouse, domestic partner, lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister, the adopted child or adopted grandchild, or the spouse or domestic partner of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Seller, or to a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Seller or those members of Seller’s family specified in this Section 1.1(n)(ii) or transfers of Seller Shares by Seller by devise or descent; provided that, in all cases, the transferee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as was Seller;

 

(iii)        any bona fide gift effected for tax planning purposes, provided that the pledgee, transferee or donee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as was Seller;

 

(iv)         any transfer to the Company or an Eligible Investor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(v)          any repurchase of Seller Shares by the Company pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such Seller Shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as termination of employment, or in connection with the exercise by the Company of any rights of first refusal.

 

If a Seller plans to make any of the above excepted transfers, then, prior to transferring its Seller Shares, the Seller shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) Seller’s bona fide intention to make an excepted transfer of its Seller Shares; (ii) the name, address and phone number of each proposed transferee; (iii) the aggregate number of Seller Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; and (iv) the section in this agreement upon which Seller is relying in making an excepted transfer; and (v) whether any proposed transferee or any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members of any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification (except for Bad Actor Disqualifications covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

SECTION 2

 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

2.1         General. Before a Seller may Transfer any Seller Shares, Seller must comply with the provisions of Section 2.2, Section 3 and Section 4. Each Seller represents and warrants that it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of its Seller Shares and, subject to any restrictions imposed under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as currently in effect, or under any restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company, that no other person or entity has any interest (other than a community property interest) in such shares.

 

 3 

 

 

2.2         Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to Seller Transferring any of its Seller Shares, Seller shall deliver to the Company and the Eligible Investors a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, stating: (i) Seller’s bona fide intention to Transfer such Seller Shares; (ii) the name, address and phone number of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (each, a “Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the aggregate number of Seller Shares proposed to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee (the “Offered Shares”); (iv) the bona fide cash price or, in reasonable detail, other consideration for which Seller proposes to Transfer the Offered Shares (the “Offered Price”); and (v) each Eligible Investor’s right to exercise either its Right of First Refusal or its Right of Co-Sale (but not both rights) with respect to the Offered Shares; and (vi) whether any Proposed Transferee or any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members or any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the Offered Shares (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification (except for Bad Actor Disqualifications covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.)

 

2.3         Transfers of Series B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the restrictions set forth in this Section 2 shall not apply to Transfers of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (or any Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) by a Series B Investor (i) to any Affiliate thereof or (ii) to the Series B Investor, as trustee, or any other Person approved by the Board, as trustee, of any trust established for the benefit of such Series B Investor or their family members (a “Series B Permitted Transfer”). Neither the Company nor any Eligible Investor shall have a right of first refusal with respect to any Series B Permitted Transfers pursuant to Section 3 below nor shall any Eligible Investor have any co-sale rights with respect to any Series B Permitted Transfers pursuant to Section 4 below.

 

SECTION 3

 

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

3.1         Exercise by the Company.

 

 

(a)          For a period of twenty (20) days (the “Initial Exercise Period”) after the last date on which the Transfer Notice is, pursuant to Section 8.1, deemed to have been delivered to the Company and all Eligible Investors, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any part of the Offered Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to Seller within the Initial Exercise Period.

 

(b)          Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period or (ii) the time when Seller has received written confirmation from the Company regarding its exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the Company shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Offered Shares, and the shares for which the Eligible Investors may exercise their Rights of First Refusal (as described below) shall be correspondingly reduced, if appropriate.

 

3.2         Initial Exercise by the Eligible Investors.

 

(a)          Subject to the limitations of this Section 3.2, during the Initial Exercise Period, the Eligible Investors shall have the right to purchase, in the aggregate, all or any part of the Offered Shares not purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 (the “Remaining Shares”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such Eligible Investor must provide written notice delivered to Seller within the Initial Exercise Period.

 

(b)          To the extent the aggregate number of shares that the Eligible Investors desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to Seller) exceeds the Remaining Shares, each Eligible Investor so exercising will be entitled to purchase its pro rata share of the Remaining Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held by such Eligible Investor on the date of the Transfer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by all Eligible Investors exercising their Rights of First Refusal (“Pro Rata ROFR Share”).

 

 4 

 

 

(c)          Within five (5) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, Seller will give written notice to the Company and each Eligible Investor specifying the number of Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company and each Eligible Investor exercising its Right of First Refusal (the “ROFR Confirmation Notice”). The ROFR Confirmation Notice shall also specify the number of Offered Shares not purchased by the Company or the Eligible Investors, if any, pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 (“Unsubscribed Shares”) and shall list each Participating Investor’s (as defined in Section 3.3) Subsequent Pro Rata Share (as described in Section 3.3) of any such Unsubscribed Shares.

 

3.3         Subsequent Exercise by the Eligible Investors. To the extent that there remain any Unsubscribed Shares, each Eligible Investor electing to exercise its right to purchase at least its full Pro Rata ROFR Share of the Remaining Shares under Section 3.2 (a “Participating Investor”) shall have a right to purchase all or any part of the Unsubscribed Shares; however, to the extent the aggregate number of shares that the Participating Investors desire to purchase (as evidenced in written notices delivered to the Seller) exceeds the remaining Unsubscribed Shares, each Participating Investor so exercising (an “Electing Participating Investor”) will be entitled to purchase that number of the Unsubscribed Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Unsubscribed Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by such Electing Participating Investor and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by all Electing Participating Investors (“Subsequent Pro Rata Share”). In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such Electing Participating Investor must provide written notice to Seller with a copy to the Company and each Eligible Investor within seven (7) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period (the “Subsequent Exercise Period”).

 

3.4         Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company or by an Eligible Investor exercising its Right of First Refusal under this Agreement will be the Offered Price, and will be payable as set forth in Section 3.5. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the Company, each Eligible Investor and Seller, absent fraud or error.

 

3.5         Closing; Payment. Subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, the Company and the Eligible Investors exercising their Rights of First Refusal shall effect the purchase of all or any portion of the Offered Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within ten (10) days after the later of (i) delivery of the ROFR Confirmation Notice and (ii) Delivery of the Co-Sale Confirmation Notice (as defined in Section 4.1(c)), (iii) expiration of the Subsequent Exercise Period, and (iv) expiration of the Subsequent Co-Sale Period (as defined in Section 4.2) (the “Right of First Refusal Closing”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the party exercising its Right of First Refusal, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Seller to the Company or the Eligible Investor, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing, in each case, net of applicable withholding taxes. At such Right of First Refusal Closing, Seller shall deliver to each of the Company and the Eligible Investors exercising their Rights of First Refusal, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Offered Shares so purchased.

 

3.6         Exclusion from Right of First Refusal. This Right of First Refusal shall not apply with respect to shares sold and to be sold by Eligible Investors pursuant to the Right of Co-Sale (set forth in Section 4) or with respect to any Series B Permitted Transfer.

 

 5 

 

 

SECTION 4

 

RIGHT OF CO-SALE

 

4.1         Exercise by the Eligible Investors.

 

(a)          Subject to the limitations of this Section 4, to the extent that the Company and the Eligible Investors do not exercise their respective Rights of First Refusal with respect to all or any part of the Offered Shares or the Remaining Shares, as applicable, pursuant to Section 3, then, each Eligible Investor who has not exercised its Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3 (a “Co-Sale Eligible Investor”) shall have the right to participate in such sale of the Offered Shares which are not being purchased by the Company or the Eligible Investors pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal (“Residual Shares”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice, to the extent described in Section 4.1(b). To exercise its rights hereunder, each Co-Sale Eligible Investor (a “Selling Investor”) must have provided a written notice to Seller within the Initial Exercise Period indicating the number of shares it holds that it wishes to sell pursuant to this Section 4.1.

 

(b)          Each Selling Investor will be entitled to sell up to its pro rata share of the Residual Shares, which shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Residual Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by such Selling Investor and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by Seller and the Selling Investors (“Pro Rata Co-Sale Share”).

 

(c)          Within ten (10) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, Seller will give written notice to the Company and each Selling Investor specifying the number of Residual Shares to be sold by each Selling Investor exercising its Right of Co-Sale (the “Co-Sale Confirmation Notice”). The Co-Sale Confirmation Notice shall also specify the number of Residual Shares not being sold by the Selling Investors, if any, pursuant to Section 4 (the “Unsubscribed Residual Shares”) and shall list each Participating Co-Sale Investor’s (as defined in Section 4.2) Subsequent Pro Rata Co-Sale Share (as described in Section 4.2) of any such Unsubscribed Residual Shares.

 

4.2         Subsequent Election to Sell by the Selling Investors. To the extent that there remain any Unsubscribed Residual Shares, each Selling Investor electing to exercise its right to sell at least its full Pro Rata Co-Sale Share of the Residual Shares under Section 4.1 (a “Participating Co-Sale Investor”) shall have a right to sell all or any part of the Unsubscribed Residual Shares; however, to the extent the aggregate number of additional shares that the Participating Co-Sale Investors desire to sell (as evidenced in written notices delivered to the Seller) exceeds the Unsubscribed Residual Shares, each Participating Co-Sale Investor so exercising (an “Electing Participating Co-Sale Investor”) will be entitled to sell that number of the Unsubscribed Residual Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Unsubscribed Residual Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held by such Electing Participating Co-Sale Investor on the date of the Transfer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by all Electing Participating Co-Sale Investors (“Subsequent Pro Rata Co-Sale Share”). In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such Electing Participating Co-Sale Investor must provide written notice to Seller with a copy to the Company and each Eligible Investor within twelve (12) days after expiration of the Initial Exercise Period (the “Subsequent Co-Sale Period”).

 

 6 

 

 

4.3         Closing; Consummation of the Co-Sale. Subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, the sale of the Residual Shares by the Selling Investors shall occur within ten (10) days after the later of (i) delivery of the Co-Sale Confirmation Notice and (ii) expiration of the Subsequent Co-Sale Period (the “Co-Sale Closing”). If a Selling Investor exercised the Right of Co-Sale in accordance with this Section 4, then such Selling Investor shall deliver to Seller at or before the Co-Sale Closing, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for Transfer, representing the number of Residual Shares to which the Selling Investor is entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 4. At the Co-Sale Closing, Seller shall cause such certificates or other instruments to be Transferred and delivered to the Transferee pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and Seller will remit, or will cause to be remitted, to each Selling Investor, at the Co-Sale Closing, that portion of the proceeds of the Transfer to which each Selling Investor is entitled by reason of each Selling Investor’s participation in such Transfer pursuant to the Right of Co-Sale, net of applicable withholding taxes.

 

4.4         Exclusion from Co-Sale Right. This Right of Co-Sale shall not apply with respect to Common Stock (including shares issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) sold or to be sold to Eligible Investors or the Company pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or with respect to any Series B Permitted Transfer.

 

4.5         Multiple Series, Class or Type of Stock. If the Offered Shares consist of more than one series, class or type of security, Seller has the right to Transfer hereunder each such series, class or type; provided that if, as to the Right of Co-Sale, a Selling Investor does not hold any of such series, class or type and the Proposed Transferee is not willing, at the Co-Sale Closing, to purchase some other series, class or type of security from such Selling Investor, or is unwilling to purchase any security from such Selling Investor at the Co-Sale Closing, then such Selling Investor will have the put right (the “Put Right”) set forth in Section 5.2.

 

4.6         Seller’s Right To Transfer. If any of the Offered Shares remain available after the exercise of all Rights of First Refusal and all Rights of Co-Sale, then the Seller shall be free to Transfer, subject to Section 5, any such remaining shares to the Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or a higher price in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice; provided, however, that if the Offered Shares are not so Transferred during the seventy-two (72) day period following the deemed delivery of the Transfer Notice, then Seller may not Transfer any of such remaining Offered Shares without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5

 

CONDITIONS TO VALID TRANSFER

 

5.1         Generally. Any attempt by any Seller to Transfer any Seller Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement will be void. No securities shall be transferred by Seller unless (i) such Transfer is made in compliance with all of the terms of this Agreement and all applicable federal and state securities laws and (ii) prior to such Transfer, the transferee or transferees sign a counterpart to this Agreement pursuant to which it or they agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. The Company will not be required to (A) transfer on its books any shares that have been Transferred in violation of any provisions of this Agreement or (B) to treat as owner of such shares, or accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser, donee or other transferee to whom such shares may have been so Transferred.

 

5.2         Put Right. If a Seller Transfers any Seller Shares in contravention of the Right of Co-Sale under this Agreement (a “Prohibited Transfer”), or if the Proposed Transferee of Offered Shares desires to purchase a class, series or type of stock offered by Seller but not held by a Selling Investor, or the Proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase any securities from a Selling Investor, such Selling Investor may, by delivery of written notice to such Seller (a “Put Notice”) within ten (10) days after the later of (i) the Co-Sale Closing and (ii) the date on which such Selling Investor becomes aware of the Prohibited Transfer or the terms thereof, require such Seller to purchase from such Selling Investor that number of shares of Preferred Stock (on an as-converted basis) or Common Stock (subject to Section 5.2(b)) that is equal to the number of Residual Shares such Selling Investor would have been entitled to Transfer to the purchaser (the “Put Shares”). Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

 

 7 

 

 

(a)          The price per share at which the Put Shares are to be sold to Seller shall be equal to the price per share that the Selling Investor would have received at the Co-Sale Closing of such Prohibited Transfer if such Selling Investor had sold such Put Shares at the Co-Sale Closing. Such purchase price of the Put Shares shall be paid in cash or such other consideration as Seller received in the Prohibited Transfer or at the Co-Sale Closing. Seller shall also reimburse the Selling Investor for any and all fees and expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or attempted exercise of such Selling Investor’s Rights of Co-Sale pursuant to Section 4 or in the exercise of its rights under this Section 5 with respect to the Put Shares.

 

(b)          The Put Shares of Stock to be sold to Seller shall be of the same class or type as Transferred in the Prohibited Transfer or at the Co-Sale Closing if such Selling Investor then owns securities of such class or type. If such Selling Investor does not own any of such class or type, the Put Shares shall be shares of Common Stock (or Preferred Stock convertible into Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof).

 

(c)          The closing of such sale to Seller will occur within ten (10) days after the date of such Selling Investor’s Put Notice to such Seller. At such closing, the Selling Investor shall deliver to Seller the certificate or certificates representing the Put Shares to be sold, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer, and immediately upon receipt thereof, such Seller shall pay the aggregate purchase price therefor, and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in Section 5.2(a).

 

SECTION 6

 

RESTRICTIVE LEGEND AND STOP TRANSFER ORDERS

 

6.1         Legend. Each holder of Common Stock or Preferred Stock understands and agrees that the Company will cause the legend set forth below, or a legend substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) or other documents or instruments evidencing ownership of Seller Shares by each holder of Common Stock or Preferred Stock:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD, DISPOSED OF OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, THE COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

6.2         Stop Transfer Instructions. In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, each Seller agrees that the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” certificates or instructions in the event of a Transfer in violation of any provision of this Agreement and that it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

 

SECTION 7

 

TERMINATION

 

7.1         Termination. The Eligible Investors’ Rights of First Refusal and Rights of Co-Sale shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined below), (ii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated by a writing executed by holders of at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Investors (on an as converted to common basis), (iii) the dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or (iv) immediately prior to the effective date of a Change of Control. The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) a written election of the Company pursuant to an action by the Board of Directors, or (ii) the occurrence of any of (i), or (iv) in the preceding sentence. A “Qualified Public Offering” means a bona fide, firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that the offering price per share is not less than $2.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations and the like), and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $20,000,000.

 

 8 

 

 

SECTION 8

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1         Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor, a Seller or any other holder of Company securities subject to this Agreement) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a)          if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

 

(b)          if to a Seller, to the Seller’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

 

(c)          if to any other holder of Company securities subject to this Agreement, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such securities for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(d)          if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 315 Montgomery Street, Suite 100, San Francisco, CA 94104, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, Sellers or other such holders, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Hill Ward Henderson, 101 East Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 3700, Tampa, Florida 33602, Attention: R. Reid Haney.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or, if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, (iv) if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor, Seller or other security holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor, Seller or other security holder in the Company’s records), electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor, Seller or other security holder in the Company’s records), (Hi) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Investor, Seller or other security holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor, Seller or other security holder. This consent may be revoked by an Investor, Seller or other security holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 9 

 

 

8.2         Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

8.3         Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

8.4         Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided, however, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Investor different from other Investors, the consent of such Investor shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Seller, each Investor and each future holder of shares of Preferred Stock with rights under this Agreement. Each Investor acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.

 

8.5         Continuity of Other Restrictions. Any Seller Shares not purchased by the Company or any Eligible Investor pursuant to their Right of First Refusal hereunder will continue to be subject to all other restrictions imposed upon such Seller Shares hereunder and by law, including any restrictions imposed under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or by agreement.

 

8.6         Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

8.7         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

8.8         Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

 

 10 

 

 

8.9         Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, as the case may be, will control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any other agreement to which a Holder is a party or by which such Holder is bound, the terms of this Agreement will control. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

8.10       Attorney’s Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

8.11       Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs, exhibits and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits and schedules attached hereto.

 

8.12       Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

 

8.13       Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

8.14       Electronic Execution and Delivery. A facsimile, telecopy, pdf., email or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy, pdf. or other reproduction hereof.

 

8.15       Jurisdiction; Venue. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits and consents irrevocably to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto also agrees that the jurisdiction over the person of such parties and the subject matter of such dispute shall be effected by the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action such manner as may be lawful, and that service in such manner shall constitute valid and sufficient service of process.

 

 11 

 

 

8.16       Aggregation. All shares of Preferred Stock of the Company held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons of an Investor (including but not limited to: (i) a constituent partner or a retired partner of an Investor that is a partnership; (ii) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of an Investor that is a corporation; (iii) an immediate family member living in the same household, a descendant, or a trust, in the case of an Investor who is an individual; or (iv) a member of an Investor that is a limited liability company) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement which are triggered by the beneficial ownership of a threshold number of shares of the Company’s capital stock.

 

(signature pages follow)

 

 12 

 

 

The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

a Delaware corporation

   
  By: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
    Name: Tsontcho Ianchulev
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement]

 

 

 

 

The party below herby agrees, effective _______________, 2017, to become a party to this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and for all purposes of this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement the party below shall be included within the term Investor.

 

  INVESTOR:
   
   
  (Print investor name)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
   
   
  (Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Series A Investors

Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2

Series A-2 Investors

Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

Series B Investors

Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4

Holders

 
Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF

NOTICE OF SHARE TRANSFER

 

Notice of Transfer

 

I intend to transfer shares of the Company’s stock as indicated below (the “Offered Shares”).

 

Notice of Rights

 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of _________________ (the “Agreement”), I write to inform you of your Right of First Refusal and your Right of Co-Sale (each as defined in the Agreement) with respect to the Offered Shares. If you choose to do so, you may exercise one (but not both) of these rights with respect to the Offered Shares by returning this notice to me, at the address below, with a copy to Eyenovia, Inc. If you decline your right to do so, you do not need to return anything. Your failure to return this notice on a timely basis will indicate that you have declined to exercise your Right of First Refusal and Right of Co-Sale with respect to the Offered Shares.

 

Election

 

I exercise my Right of First Refusal ¨
   
I exercise my Right of Co-Sale ¨

 

I wish to (circle one, not both) buy / sell ______shares of ________stock.

 

Description of Transfer

 

1.Type and aggregate number of shares to be transferred:

 

2.Type of transfer (please check one):

 

¨Sale

 

¨Other. Describe:

 

 

 

 

3.Proposed transferees:

 

  Name and address   Type, amount and price of shares
 

 

1.    [insert name of proposed transferee]

[insert address of proposed transferee]

[insert phone number of proposed transferee]

 

 

[enter amount, type and price of shares]

 

 

2.    [insert name of proposed transferee]

[insert address of proposed transferee]

[insert phone number of proposed transferee]

 

 

[enter amount, type and price of shares]

 

4.Consideration:

 

·Total cash consideration:

 

·Total fair market value of non-cash consideration (if any) as of the date of the notice:

 

·Describe any non-cash consideration in reasonable detail:

 

[Specify applicable return dates for the notice]. There will be no extension of this deadline.

 

[Enter seller’s name and address]

 

[Enter the company’s address and contact person]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

 

September 27, 2017

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Section 1 VOTING 2
     
1.1 General 2
     
Section 2 Election of Directors 3
     
2.1 Voting 3
2.2 Designation of Directors 3
2.3 Current Designees 3
2.4 Changes in Designees 3
2.5 Size of Board 4
2.6 No Liability for Election of Recommended Director. 4
2.7 No “Bad Actor” Designees 4
     
Section 3 Drag-along right 4
     
3.1 Drag-Along Rights 4
3.2 Conditions to Drag-Along Right 5
     
Section 4 TERMINATION 7
     
4.1 Termination 7
     
Section 5 Additional Shares 7
     
5.1 Additional Shares 7
     
Section 6 Restrictive Legend 7
     
6.1 Restrictive Legend 7
     
Section 7 miscellaneous 7
     
7.1 Certain Definitions 7
7.2 Notices 8
7.3 Successors and Assigns 8
7.4 Governing Law 8
7.5 Titles and Subtitles 8
7.6 Further Assurances 9
7.7 Entire Agreement 9
7.8 No Grant of Proxy 9
7.9 Not a Voting Trust 9
7.10 Specific Performance 9
7.11 Amendment 9
7.12 No Waiver 9
7.13 Attorney’s Fees 10
7.14 Severability 10
7.15 Counterparts 10
7.16 Dispute Resolution. 10

 

 

 

 

EYENOVIA, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of September 27, 2017, by and among EYENOVIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company as listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Series A Investors”), the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the Company as listed on Schedule 2 hereto (the “Series A-2 Investors”), the investors listed on Schedule 3 hereto (the “Series B Investors” and together with the Series A Investors and the Series A-2 the “Investors” and each an “Investor”), and the holders of the Company’s common stock listed on Schedule 4, as updated from time to time (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”). The Holders and the Investors are referred to herein collectively as the “Voting Parties.” Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of the date hereof (the “Charter”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Series A Investors and Series A-2 Investors collectively hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series A-2 Preferred Stock (as defined below), and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof. The Holders hold shares of Common Stock in the Company. The Holders, Series A Investors and Series A-2 Investors and are parties to that certain Voting Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2015, between the Company, the Holders and such Investors (the “Prior Agreement”).

 

The Charter provides that (i) the holders of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three directors (the “Preferred Directors”), (ii) the holders of the Company’s common stock shall be entitled to elect one director (the “Common Director”) and (iii) the holders of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock, voting together shall be entitled to elect any additional directors (the “Additional Directors”).

 

The Company proposes to sell shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock to the Series B Investors pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”). As a condition to the Financing, the Holders, the Series A Investors and the Series A-2 Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety by entering into this Agreement to which the Series B Investors hereby join.

 

The parties therefore agree as follows:

 

Section 1

 

VOTING

 

1.1         General.  During the term of this Agreement, the Voting Parties each agree to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by them, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which they have voting power (the “Shares”) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 - 2 - 

 

 

Section 2

 

Election of Directors

 

2.1         Voting.  During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares in such manner as may be necessary to elect (and maintain in office) as members of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) the following individuals:

 

(a)          The three Preferred Designees (as defined below) as the Preferred Directors; and

 

(b)          The Common Designee (as defined below) as the Common Director.

 

2.2         Designation of Directors.  The designees to the Board described above (each a “Designee”) shall be selected as follows:

 

(a)          The “Preferred Designees” shall be chosen, one each, by Private Medical Equity, LLC Holdings, Senju Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. and Fred Eshelman, for so long as each holds at least fifteen percent (15%) of the Shares initially purchased by such investor (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combination, reorganizations and the like).

 

(b)          The Common Designee” shall be chosen by Point Guard Partners for so long as it holds at least fifteen percent (15%) of the Shares initially purchased by it (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combination, reorganizations and the like).

 

2.3         Current Designees.  For the purpose of this Agreement, the directors of the Company shall be deemed to include the following Designees:

 

(a)          The Preferred Designees: Curt LaBelle, Shuhei Yoshida and Fred Eshelman;

 

(b)          The Common Designee: Ernest Mario;

 

(c)          The Chief Executive Officer: Tsontcho Ianchulev.

 

2.4         Changes in Designees.  From time to time during the term of this Agreement, Voting Parties who hold sufficient Shares to select a Designee pursuant to this Agreement may, in their sole discretion:

 

(a)          notify the Company in writing of an intention to remove from the Board any incumbent Designee who occupies a board seat for which such Voting Parties are entitled to designate the Designee; or

 

(b)          notify the Company in writing of an intention to select a new Designee for election to a board seat for which such Voting Parties are entitled to designate the Designee (whether to replace a prior Designee or to fill a vacancy in such board seat).

 

In the event of such an initiation of a removal or selection of a Designee under this section, the Company shall take such reasonable actions as are necessary to facilitate such removals or elections, including, without limitation, soliciting the votes of the appropriate stockholders, and the Voting Parties shall vote their Shares to cause: (a) the removal from the Board of the Designee or Designees so designated for removal; and (b) the election to the Board of any new Designee or Designees so designated.

 

 - 3 - 

 

 

2.5         Size of Board.

 

During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares to maintain the authorized number of members of the Board at five (5) directors and no Additional Directors will be designated by the Voting Parties.

 

2.6         No Liability for Election of Recommended Director.

 

None of the parties and no officer, director, stockholder, partner, employee or agent of any party makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any party hereunder to serve on the Board by virtue of such party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2.7         No “Bad Actor” Designees.

 

Each Voting Party with the right to designate or participate in the designation of a director as specified above hereby represents and warrants to the Company that, to such Voting Party’s knowledge, none of the “bad actor” disqualifying events described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (each, a “Disqualification Event”), is applicable to such Voting Party’s initial designee named above except, if applicable, for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) is applicable. Any director designee to whom any Disqualification Event is applicable, except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) is applicable, is hereinafter referred to as a “Disqualified Designee”. Each Voting Party with the right to designate or participate in the designation of a director as specified above hereby covenants and agrees (A) not to designate or participate in the designation of any director designee who, to such Voting Party’s knowledge, is a Disqualified Designee and (B) that in the event such Voting Party becomes aware that any individual previously designated by any such Voting Party is or has become a Disqualified Designee, such Voting Party shall as promptly as practicable take such actions as are necessary to remove such Disqualified Designee from the Board and designate a replacement designee who is not a Disqualified Designee.

 

Section 3

 

Drag-along right

 

3.1         Drag-Along Rights.  If (i) 80% of the members of the Board then in office, including the Preferred Directors (ii) a majority-in-interest of the common stock and (iii) a majority-in-interest of the Investors approve a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below) (the “Selling Investors”), then each Voting Party agrees as follows:

 

(a)          if such transaction requires stockholder approval, with respect to all Shares that such Voting Party owns or over which such Voting Party otherwise exercises voting power, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) all Shares in favor of, and adopt, such Change of Control Transaction (together with any related amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation required in order to implement such Change of Control Transaction) and to vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate such Change of Control Transaction;

 

(b)          if such transaction is a Stock Sale, to sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by such Voting Party as is being sold by the Selling Investors to the party to whom the Selling Investors propose to sell their Shares, and, except as permitted in Section 3.2 below, on the same terms and conditions as the Selling Investors;

 

 - 4 - 

 

 

(c)          to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Change of Control Transaction as shall reasonably be requested by the Company or the Selling Investors in order to carry out the terms and provision of this Section 3, including, without limitation, executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of impermissible liens, claims and encumbrances), and any similar or related documents;

 

(d)          not to deposit, and to cause their affiliates not to deposit, except as provided in this Agreement, any Shares of the Company owned by such party or affiliate in a voting trust or subject any Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Shares, unless specifically requested to do so by the acquiror in connection with the Change of Control Transaction;

 

(e)          to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Change of Control Transaction;

 

(f)           if the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares pursuant to this Subsection 3.1 includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Voting Party would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities; or (y) the provision to any Voting Party of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Voting Party in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Voting Party, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the securities which such Voting Party would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares; and

 

(g)          in the event that the Selling Investors, in connection with such Change of Control Transaction, appoint a stockholder representative (the “Stockholder Representative”) with respect to matters affecting the Voting Parties under the applicable definitive transaction agreements following consummation of such Change of Control Transaction, (x) to consent to (i) the appointment of such Stockholder Representative, (ii) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (iii) the payment of such Stockholder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Stockholder Representative in connection with such Stockholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Change of Control Transaction and its related service as the representative of the stockholders, and (y) not to assert any claim or commence any suit against the Stockholder Representative or any other Stockholder with respect to any action or inaction taken or failed to be taken by the Stockholder Representative in connection with its service as the Stockholder Representative, absent fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

3.2         Conditions to Drag-Along Right.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Voting Party shall only be required to comply with Section 3.1 above in connection with any proposed Change of Control Transaction (the “Proposed Sale”), subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)          no Voting Party shall be required to make any representation, covenant or warranty in connection with the Change of Control Transaction, other than as to such Voting Party’s ownership and authority to sell, free of liens, claims and encumbrances, the shares of common stock proposed to be sold by such Voting Party;

 

 - 5 - 

 

 

(b)          the Voting Party shall not be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, trust or any other entity (a “Person”) in connection with the Proposed Sale, other than the Company (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders);

 

(c)          the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Voting Party in the Proposed Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company or its stockholders in connection with such Proposed Sale, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders), and subject to the provisions of the Restated Certificate related to the allocation of the escrow, is pro rata in proportion to, and does not exceed, the amount of consideration paid to such Voting Party in connection with such Proposed Sale;

 

(d)          the consideration payable with respect to each share in each class or series as a result of such Change of Control Transaction is the same (except for cash payments in lieu of fractional shares) as for each other share in such class or series;

 

(e)          each class and series of capital stock of the Company will be entitled to receive the same form of consideration (and be subject to the same indemnity and escrow provisions) as a result of such Change of Control Transaction;

 

(f)           the payment with respect to each share of common stock is an amount at least equal to the amount payable in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation, if such Change of Control Transaction were deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant thereto; and

 

(g)          notwithstanding the foregoing, if the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares held by a Holder or Investor, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.2 includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Holder or Investor would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities; or (y) the provision to any Holder or Investor of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Holder or Investor in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares held by a Holder or Investor, as applicable, which would have otherwise been sold by such Holder or Investor, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the securities which such Holder or Investor would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares held by a Holder or Investor, as applicable.

 

 - 6 - 

 

 

Section 4

 

TERMINATION

 

4.1         Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock into common stock; (ii) a Change of Control Transaction, provided that the provisions of Section 3 hereof will continue after the closing of any Change of Control Transaction to the extent necessary to enforce the provisions of Section 3 with respect to such Change of Control Transaction; (iii) the consummation of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its common stock (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction); or (iv) the agreement of a majority-in-interest of the Holders and a majority-in-interest of the Investors, acting separately. “Change of Control Transaction” means either (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) that results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to represent immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company, such surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity (a “Stock Sale”); or (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Section 5

 

Additional Shares

 

5.1         Additional Shares. In the event that subsequent to the date of this Agreement any shares or other securities (other than pursuant to a Change of Control Transaction) are issued on, or in exchange for, any of the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification or consolidation involving the Company, such shares or securities shall be deemed to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 6

 

Restrictive Legend

 

6.1         Restrictive Legend. Each certificate representing any of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be marked by the Company with a legend reading substantially as follows:

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER) AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON HOLDING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.

 

Section 7

 

miscellaneous

 

7.1         Certain Definitions.  Shares “held” by a Voting Party shall mean any Shares directly or indirectly owned (of record or beneficially) by such Voting Party or as to which such Voting Party has voting power. “Vote” shall include any exercise of voting rights whether at an annual or special meeting or by written consent or in any other manner permitted by applicable law. A “majority-in-interest” of either the Holders or the Investors shall mean the holders of a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) then held by such group.

 

 - 7 - 

 

 

7.2         Notices.  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to a Voting Party) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a)          if to a Voting Party, to the Voting Party’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or, until any such Voting Party so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of the relevant Shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(b)          if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 315 Montgomery Street, Suite 100, San Francisco, CA 94104, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Voting Parties, with a copy to Hill Ward Henderson, 101 East Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 3700, Tampa, Florida 33602, Attention: R. Reid Haney.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, (iv) if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Voting Party consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other facsimile number for the Voting Party in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other electronic mail address for the Voting Party in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Voting Party of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Voting Party. This consent may be revoked by a Voting Party by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

7.3         Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties. The Company shall not permit the transfer of any Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any Shares unless and until the person to whom such security is to be transferred shall have executed a written agreement pursuant to which such person becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof as if such person was a Voting Party hereunder.

 

7.4         Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

7.5         Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

 - 8 - 

 

 

7.6         Further Assurances. Each party agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

 

7.7         Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

 

7.8         No Grant of Proxy. This Agreement does not grant any proxy and should not be interpreted as doing so. Nevertheless, should the provisions of this Agreement be construed to constitute the granting of proxies, such proxies shall be deemed coupled with an interest and are irrevocable for the term of this Agreement.

 

7.9         Not a Voting Trust. This Agreement is not a voting trust governed by Section 218 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and should not be interpreted as such.

 

7.10       Specific Performance. It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any party, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

 

7.11       Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by (i) the Company, (ii) Holders holding a majority of the common stock and (iii) Investors holding a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Investors; provided, however, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Holder or Investor different from other Holders or Investors, as the case may be, the consent of such Holder or Investor shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination and provided further, that any amendment waiver, discharge or termination, shall require the written consent of (i) in the case of Section 2.2(a), Private Medical Equity, LLC Holdings, Senju Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. and Fred Eshelman for so long as each holds at least fifteen percent (15%) of the Shares initially purchased by them (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combination, reorganizations and the like) and (ii) in the case of Section 2.2(b), Point Guard Partners for so long as it holds at least fifteen percent (15%) of the Shares initially purchased by it (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combination, reorganizations and the like). Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Voting Party that has entered into this voting agreement. Each Voting Party acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the common stock held by all Holders and the holders of a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Investors will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Voting Party under this Agreement.

 

7.12       No Waiver. The failure or delay by a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

 

 - 9 - 

 

 

7.13       Attorney’s Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

7.14       Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

7.15       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

7.16       Dispute Resolution. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(signature page follows)

 

 - 10 - 

 

 

The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

  EYENOVIA, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
       
  By: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
    Name:   Tsontcho Ianchulev
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

(Signature Page to Amended & Restated Voting Agreement)

 

 

 

 

The party below hereby agrees, effective ______________, 2017, to become a party to this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and for all purposes of this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement the party below shall be included within the term Investor.

 

  INVESTOR:
   
   
  (Print investor name)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)
   
   
  (Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature Page to Amended & Restated Voting Agreement)

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Series A Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2

Series A-2 Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

Series B Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail
 
 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4

Holders

 

Name, Address and E-Mail
 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

November 8, 2017

 

Attn: Dr. Tsontcho lanchulev
Re: Letter of Engagement and Potential Offer of Employment

 

Dr. lanchulev:

 

The purpose of this letter is to clarify and correct some language in your Letter of Engagement and Potential Offer of Employment (the "Offer Letter") dated July 7, 2017 with the Eyenovia, Inc. (the "Company").

 

Your annual salary is $384,996, payable in monthly (or bi-weekly) installments of $32,083. The Offer Letter inaccurately stated $32,083 as your annual salary.

 

The plan referred to in your Offer Letter under which you stock options have been issued is the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan not the 2013 Stock Plan.

 

If you have any questions, please feel fee to contact me. We look forward to continuing to work with you.

 

  Sincerely,
     
  Eyenovia, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Fred Eshelman
  Fred Eshelman, Chairman of the Board

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

MASTER CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, effective as of November 4, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between Private Medical Equity, S-Corp (PME)) with an address at 315 Montgomery Street, Suite 900, San Francisco CA 94104 ("The Party") and EYENOVIA, INC 400 N. Ashley Dr., Suite 2150, Tampa, FL 33602 (“Client”). PME and Client shall individually be referred to as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Client is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, and/or marketing certain pharmaceutical and/or biologic products; and

 

WHEREAS, The Party provides professional consulting services related to clinical research, drug development, regulatory, marketing, manufacturing, business development, accounting, legal services and other similar matters for companies such as Client; and

 

WHEREAS, Client and The Party wish to enter into this Agreement to provide the terms and conditions under which Client may engage The Party from time to time to provide services for studies or projects by executing Statements of Work (as defined below) specifying the details of the services to be rendered.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

 

1.1Affiliate” means, with respect to any Party, any other Person, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Party. “Control” means (a) that an entity or company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of another entity, or (b) that an entity, person or group has the actual ability to control and direct the management of the entity, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

1.2Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

1.3Service Fees” means all amounts due for the Services, exclusive of expenses.

 

1.4Client Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

 

1.5Statement of Work” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

 

   

 

 

ARTICLE 2 – SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

 

2.1Purpose. As a general form of contract, this Agreement allows the parties to contract multiple projects or services through the issuance of Statements of Work without having to renegotiate the basic terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. This Agreement covers the provision of services by The Party and/or its Affiliates, and accordingly, this Agreement represents a vehicle by which Client can efficiently contract with The Party and/or its Affiliates for a broad range of services related to the matters covered under this Agreement.

 

2.2Nature of Services. The services covered by this Agreement may include expert consultation, administrative management, product development, project management, regulatory affairs, project management, contract management, preclinical and clinical services, and other research and development services requested by Client and agreed to by The Party as set forth in the relevant Statement of Work (the “Services”).

 

2.3Service Fee Rates. The Party’s consulting fee rates are included the Statement of Work for each contracted project.

 

2.4Statement of Work.

 

(a)The specific details of each project under this Agreement (the “Project”) will be separately negotiated and specified in writing in a form acceptable to the Parties, and shall incorporate the terms of this Agreement by reference and be deemed an integral part thereof (each such writing a “Statement of Work”). The Statement of Work will include, as applicable, the name of the Parties, a description of the scope of work, timeline, budget, and payment schedule. Each Statement of Work shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and to the extent that any terms or provisions of a Statement of Work conflict with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control, unless the applicable Statement of Work expressly states that is shall supersede this Agreement on specific matters, in which case it shall supersede this Agreement with regard to the specific matter that is the subject of that Statement of Work.

 

(b)In the event either Party desires to make any material changes to the Services to be performed under a Statement of Work (“Changes”), such Changes must be agreed to in writing by the Parties. The Party will prepare a draft Change Order for Client’s review that incorporates the requested Changes to the applicable Statement of Work tasks, responsibilities, duties, budget, schedule, and all other relevant matters. The Party shall not be obligated to perform any work related to such a Change until Client has given written approval to proceed and executed the Change Order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Client otherwise directs The Party to commence work on any such Changes without executing a Change Order and The Party undertakes such Changes, the draft Change Order will be deemed to have been accepted by Client, and Client shall be obligated for all charges, schedules and duties associated therewith.

 

   

 

 

2.5Records. At the completion of the Services by The Party, all Client property and Client Information, regardless of the method of storage or retrieval, shall be delivered to Client in such form as is then currently in the possession of The Party. The Party, however, reserves the right to retain, at its own cost and subject to the confidentiality provisions herein, one (1) copy of all Client property and Confidential Information provided to Client as the result of the Services to be used to satisfy regulatory requirements or to resolve disputes regarding the Services.

 

ARTICLE 3 - STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE, STAFFING AND RECORDS

 

3.1Standard of Performance. The Party will perform and/or supervise subcontractors to perform the Services in a competent and professional manner.

 

3.2Staffing.

 

(a)The Party is responsible for providing all personnel required to perform the Services, as well as any necessary replacements.

 

(b)The Party will not use any Debarred Person in any capacity in connection with the performance of the Services.

 

ARTICLE 4 - OBLIGATIONS OF CLIENT.

 

4.1Materials. Client will timely provide The Party with a sufficient amount of all required materials for the Services as further described in the Statement of Work, together with comprehensive data as may be required by The Party for the performance of the Services.

 

4.2Compliance with Law. Client will comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

4.3Client Assistance. Client will review and respond to The Party’s reasonable requests for information and/or approval in a timely fashion in order to meet the project timelines outlined in the Statement of Work. Client will provide such other assistance as The Party may reasonably request in order to effectively perform the Services.

 

4.4Time of the Essence. Client acknowledges that time is of the essence in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Failure of Client to meet required project timelines could result in a project delay or the inability of The Party to timely perform its required Services hereunder.

 

   

 

 

ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENTS TO THE PARTY

 

5.1Method. In consideration for the Services, Client shall pay The Party (a) Service fees, and (b) expenses, both in accordance with the payment schedule set forth in the Statement of Work.

 

5.2Terms of Payment. Unless stated otherwise in the Statement of Work, all payments shall be made within 30 days of receipt of a valid invoice to:

 

Private Medical Equity,

315 Montgomery Street, Suite 900,

San Francisco CA 94104

 

or such other location or payee as may be directed by The Party from time to time.

 

5.3Taxes. Charges specified in this Agreement or any SOW related to this Agreement, do not include any taxes unless otherwise stated.

 

5.4Due Date. Payment is due in accordance with the fee schedule associated with each Statement of Work, or absent a fee schedule as provided in Section 5.2 above. Client shall promptly notify The Party of any portion of an invoice that Client disputes. In the event of a dispute, Client will pay all undisputed fees and costs, and the Parties agree to work promptly to resolve the disputed items, and the payment for the disputed invoice shall be due thirty (30) days after the dispute is resolved.

 

ARTICLE 6 - TERM AND TERMINATION

 

This Agreement shall remain in effect until terminated as set forth in this Article 6.

 

6.1Termination for Cause. In addition to any other rights or remedies available at law or in equity, this Agreement may be terminated by either Party:

 

(a)on written notice effective immediately if the other party commits a material breach of this Agreement which is not cured within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from the other party; or

 

(b)on thirty (30) days written notice if the other party becomes insolvent, is dissolved or liquidated, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files or has filed against it, a petition in bankruptcy, or has a receiver appointed for a substantial part of its assets.

 

6.2Obligations upon Expiration or Termination.

 

(a)Upon termination of this Agreement or any Statement of Work, The Party shall be entitled to retain all Service fees previously paid by Client up to the date of Termination, together with: (i) unpaid Services fees for Services as of the date of termination; and (ii) all noncancellable or nonrefundable expenses incurred up to and including the date of termination.

 

   

 

 

(b)Within thirty (30) days of the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, The Party will return to Client all materials in The Party’s possession or control which are the property of Client, except as permitted under Section 2.6 above.

 

(c)If this Agreement and/or Statement(s) of Work are prematurely terminated, The Party will conclude its Services as expeditiously as possible and in accordance with Client's reasonable instructions.

 

6.3Delay. In the event of a delay for reasons not attributable to The Party, other than a force majeure event, the Parties agree to adjust the time and costs estimates in the form of a Change Order. If the Parties are unable to agree to a Change Order, then The Party may terminate this Agreement without further obligation to Client. In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing, then Client shall be obligated for payments to The Party in accordance with Section 6.2 above.

 

ARTICLE 7 – INDEMNIFICATION and LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

 

7.1Indemnification of Client. The Party will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Client and its directors, officers and employees, from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs) to the extent such liabilities, costs and expenses arise from any third party claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding which is attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement (including any Statement of Work) on the part of The Party or any of its agents, employees or representatives in the course of performing The Party’s Services hereunder; provided, however, that:

 

(a)Client provides The Party with timely written notice of the claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding; and

 

(b)Client fully cooperates, to the extent requested by The Party at The Party’s cost, in the investigation and defense of any such claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding.

 

7.2Indemnification of The Party. Client will defend, indemnify and hold harmless The Party and its directors, officers, managers, members, employees, and subcontractors from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs) arising from any claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding which either: (a) alleges personal injury or death arising out of or in connection with the use of Client’s products; or (b) is attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement (including any Statement of Work) on the part of Client or any of its agents, employees or representatives; provided, however, that:

 

   

 

 

(a)The Party provides Client with timely written notice of the claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding; and

 

(b)The Party fully cooperates to the extent requested by Client and at Client’s cost, in the investigation and defense of any such claim, action, lawsuit, or other proceeding.

 

7.3Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the total liability, in the aggregate, of The Party and the The Party’s officers, members, employees, contractors, and sub-consultants, and any of them, to the Client and anyone claiming by or through the Client, for any and all claims, losses, costs or damages, including attorneys’ fees and costs and expert-witness fees and costs of any nature whatsoever or claims expenses resulting from or in any way related to the Project or the Agreement from any cause or causes shall not exceed the total compensation received by the Consultant under the associated Statement of Work. It is intended that this limitation apply to any and all liability or cause of action however alleged or arising, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

 

7.4Limitation of Damages. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PARTY, OUR EMPLOYEES, CONSULTANTS, OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER WE KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL OUR TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS' FEES, UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE FEES PAID BY CLIENT.

 

ARTICLE 8- PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND RETENTION

 

8.1Ownership. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the ownership of any intellectual property rights, which are owned or generated by either Party during the course of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided under Section 9 below. All such intellectual property rights will remain the property of the Party which owns or generates such intellectual property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any data processes, technology, means or know-how developed by The Party which relate to the manner in which it provides its Services be considered Work Product or work for hire for Client and such technology shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the The Party.

 

8.2Inventions and Discoveries. Each Party agrees that it will take all such actions and execute any and all documents reasonably requested by the other to give effect to the provisions of this to enable the other Party to register any such rights to which it is entitled in any country provided that the requesting Party reimburses the other Party’s reasonable expenses for doing so.

 

   

 

 

ARTICLE 9 – CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1Undertaking. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year following the expiration or termination hereof, The Party will keep confidential and not use (other than to perform the Services) any of the Client Information. The Party further agrees to limit disclosure of the Client Information to agents, subcontractors, employees, and other representatives of The Party who have the need to receive such information and who have agreed to similar terms of confidentiality with The Party.

 

9.2Exceptions. The obligations set forth in Paragraph 9.1 do not apply to Client Information which (i) is already known to The Party prior to its disclosure by Client; (ii) is or becomes generally known or available to the public through no fault of The Party; (iii) is received from a third party; or (iv) is required to be disclosed by law, regulation, or by court order.

 

9.3The Party Information. It may become necessary for The Party to disclose to Client certain information which The Party considers proprietary, privileged and/or confidential. If such disclosure occurs, then Client agrees to keep the information confidential and not use such information for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

9.4These terms may be modified by separate confidentiality agreements between the parties if such agreements exist prior to execution of this agreement or are subsequently adopted.

 

ARTICLE 10- MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1Merger and Integration. This Agreement, together with its exhibits, schedules, attachments, the Statement(s) of Work, and Change Order(s) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, concerning the Services to be provided hereunder.

 

10.2Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified except in a writing signed by both Parties.

 

10.3Conflict of Interest. The Party represents to Client that it has no obligations, contractual or otherwise, that would conflict with its entering into this Agreement or performing the Services and that it will undertake no such obligations during the term hereof.

 

   

 

 

10.4Independent Contractor. The Party is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement will be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employment relationship between the Parties. Neither Party has the authority to bind the other to any commitment whatsoever, and the Parties agree they will not hold themselves out to third Parties as having authority to do so.

 

10.5Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given or served by any party hereto upon any other party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or served when (i) personally delivered, or (ii) one (1) day after being deposited with Federal Express or another nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, (iii) five (5) days after being deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, properly addressed to the appropriate address, or (iv) when sent by facsimile (whether by telephone fax, e- mail (portable digital format or similar format) before 5:00 p.m. of the time zone where the recipient is located and evidenced by a computer generated confirmation that the transmission was received and is followed by notice delivered in the manner described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, such notices to be delivered to the respective addresses set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

10.6Severability. If any provision hereof will be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination will not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement; provided that the Parties will promptly agree upon replacement provision(s) that approximate as closely as possible the spirit and intent of the invalid provision(s).

 

10.7Survival. Sections 2.5, 2.6, 5.4, and 6.3 and Articles 7, 8, 9 and 10 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

10.8Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, regardless of its choice of law principles.

 

10.9Waivers. Waiver by either Party or the failure by either Party to claim a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent breach of any provision hereof.

 

10.10Use of Names. Each Party, on behalf of itself, its agents, employees, subcontractors and representatives, agrees not to use the name of the other party in any publication, promotional material or other writing or oral statement for public distribution, relative to the subject matter or existence of this Agreement, except as otherwise required by law or previously consented to in writing by the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client consents to The Party advising prospective clients that The Party has performed services for Client.

 

10.11Force Majeure. Either Party's failure to perform its obligations hereunder will be excused to the extent and for the period of time such nonperformance is caused by an event of force majeure, including but not limited to, the occurrence of war, invasion, fire, explosion, flood, riot, strikes, acts of God, acts of government or governmental agencies or instrumentalities or contingencies or causes beyond such party's reasonable control.

 

   

 

 

10.12Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, either party may assign this Agreement in its entirety, including all Project Statements of Work to a successor in the event of a merger or upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets to such party. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assign, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

10.13No License Granted. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to grant any rights to either party under any patent, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right nor shall this Agreement grant either party any rights in or to the other party’s Confidential Information, except the limited right to review such Confidential Information solely for the purposes set forth in Article 2.

 

10.14Counterparts. This Agreement will become binding when any one (1) or more counterparts of this Agreement, individually or taken together, bear the signatures of each Party to this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original as against any Party whose signature appears on the Agreement, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

   

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement the day and year set forth above.

 

Private Medical Equity, Inc   EYENOVIA, INC
     
By:     By:  
Name: /s/ Curt LaBelle   Name: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev, CEO
Title: Director   Title: CEO
Date: 11/5/2015   Date: 11/5/2015

 

   

 

 

STATEMENT OF WORK #1-2015

Between

Private Medical Equity (“PME”)
And

Eyenovia, Inc. (“Eyenovia”)

 

This Statement of Work is entered into as of November 10, 2015 the Effective Date (defined below) pursuant to the Master Services Agreement between the Parties, identified above, executed on November 5, 2015 (“Master Agreement”), and is subject to all terms and conditions of the Master Agreement. All initially capitalized terms used in this Statement of Work but not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Master Agreement.

 

1.    TERM OF SERVICES: This Statement of Work is effective as of November 10, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), and unless sooner terminated as provided under the Master Agreement, will expire upon completion of the Services.

 

2.    SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED: The Services to be performed by Private Medical Equity under this SOW are for the following activities:

 

General management and strategy at the CEO and COO level
Accounting
Administrative support

 

See Attachment A for a detailed breakdown of personnel and activities.

 

3.    PRIVATE MEDICAL EQUITY FEES

 

The total for Private Medical Equity’s fees under this SOW is payable in 12 monthly installments due on the last day of each month.

 

In addition, Eyenovia will reimburse pre-approved travel expenses related to the performance of Private Medical Equitys’ duties under this SOW.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this SOW as of the Effective Date.

 

Private Medical Equity Partners, LLC   Eyenovia, Inc.
     
By:     By:  
         
Name: /s/ Curt LaBelle   Name: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
         
Title: Director   Title: CEO
         
Date: 11/5/2015   Date: 11/5/2015

 

   

 

 

Attachment A

 

   Hours per       Total per   Total for 12 
Personnel - Service  month   Rate   month   months 
                 
Sean Ianchulev, CEO   40   $300*  $12,000   $144,000 
                     
Curt LaBelle, COO   40   $250*  $8,000   $120,000 
                     
General Administration, Office, Finance, Accounting and Back-Office   N/A    N/A   $12,000   $134,400 
                     
Total                 $398,400 
              monthly   $33,200 

 

*Denotes that these rates are at 50% discount to market rates. Any work performed beyond 40 hrs per month will be billed regular rate at 100%. Any work beyond 100 hours per month will have to be authorized in writing by Eyenovia, Inc.

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

MASTER CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, effective as of November 4, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between Point Guard Partners, LLC, with an address at 400 N. Ashley Dr., Suite 2150, Tampa, FL 33602 (“Point Guard”) and EYENOVIA, INC 400 N. Ashley Dr., Suite 2150, Tampa, FL 33602 (“Client”). Point Guard and Client shall individually be referred to as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Client is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, and/or marketing certain pharmaceutical and/or biologic products; and

 

WHEREAS, Point Guard provides professional consulting services related to clinical research, drug development, regulatory, marketing, manufacturing, business development, accounting, legal services and other similar matters for companies such as Client; and

 

WHEREAS, Client and Point Guard wish to enter into this Agreement to provide the terms and conditions under which Client may engage Point Guard from time to time to provide services for studies or projects by executing Statements of Work (as defined below) specifying the details of the services to be rendered.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

 

1.1Act” means the US Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

 

1.2Affiliate” means, with respect to any Party, any other Person, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Party. “Control” means (a) that an entity or company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of another entity, or (b) that an entity, person or group has the actual ability to control and direct the management of the entity, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

1.3Debarred Person” means any person subject to limitations or any form of endorsement imposed upon clinical investigators or clinical study sites by the European Medicines Evaluation Agency (EMEA), the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) (including persons required to be listed under Section 306(k)(2) of the Act), or any Regulatory Authority or other recognized national, multi-national, or industry body.

 

1.4FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor entity thereto.

 

1.5Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

1.6Service Fees” means all amounts due for the Services, exclusive of expenses.

 

 Page 1 of 10 

 

 

1.7Client Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

 

1.8Statement of Work” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

 

ARTICLE 2 – SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

 

2.1Purpose. As a general form of contract, this Agreement allows the Parties to contract multiple projects or services through the issuance of Statements of Work without having to renegotiate the basic terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. This Agreement covers the provision of services by Point Guard and/or its Affiliates, and accordingly, this Agreement represents a vehicle by which Client can efficiently contract with Point Guard and/or its Affiliates for a broad range of services related to the matters covered under this Agreement.

 

2.2Nature of Services. The services covered by this Agreement may include expert consultation, regulatory affairs, project management, contract management, preclinical and clinical services, and other research and development services requested by Client and agreed to by Point Guard as set forth in the relevant Statement of Work (the “Services”).

 

2.3Service Fee Rates. Point Guard’s consulting fee rates are included the Statement of Work for each contracted project.

 

2.4Statement of Work.

 

(a)The specific details of each project under this Agreement (the “Project”) will be separately negotiated and specified in writing in a form acceptable to the Parties, and shall incorporate the terms of this Agreement by reference and be deemed an integral part thereof (each such writing a “Statement of Work”). The Statement of Work will include, as applicable, the name of the Parties, a description of the scope of work, timeline, budget, and payment schedule. Each Statement of Work shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and to the extent that any terms or provisions of a Statement of Work conflict with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control, unless the applicable Statement of Work expressly states that is shall supersede this Agreement on specific matters, in which case it shall supersede this Agreement with regard to the specific matter that is the subject of that Statement of Work.

 

 Page 2 of 10 

 

 

 

(b)In the event either Party desires to make any material changes to the Services to be performed under a Statement of Work (“Changes”), such Changes must be agreed to in writing by the Parties. Point Guard will prepare a draft Change Order for Client’s review that incorporates the requested Changes to the applicable Statement of Work tasks, responsibilities, duties, budget, schedule, and all other relevant matters. Point Guard shall not be obligated to perform any work related to such a Change until Client has given written approval to proceed and executed the Change Order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Client otherwise directs Point Guard to commence work on any such Changes without executing a Change Order and Point Guard undertakes such Changes, the draft Change Order will be deemed to have been accepted by Client, and Client shall be obligated for all charges, schedules and duties associated therewith.

 

2.5Regulatory Obligations. Unless otherwise specifically agreed by the Parties, Client retains full responsibility for all regulatory obligations related to a Statement of Work.

 

2.6Records. At the completion of the Services by Point Guard, all Client property and Client Information, regardless of the method of storage or retrieval, shall be delivered to Client in such form as is then currently in the possession of Point Guard. Point Guard, however, reserves the right to retain, at its own cost and subject to the confidentiality provisions herein, one (1) copy of all Client property and Confidential Information provided to Client as the result of the Services to be used to satisfy regulatory requirements or to resolve disputes regarding the Services.

 

2.7Audit Rights. The records described in Section 2.6 above will be made available to Client at Client’s request and to the FDA at the FDA’s request or other Regulatory Agency at such Regulatory Agency’s request for inspection, copying, and audit at any time during the term hereof and during the retention period described above. Any cost associated with such audit will be Client’s responsibility.

 

2.8Visits by Regulatory Agencies. Both Parties shall promptly notify the other Party of any regulatory inspections of investigator sites of which it becomes aware. Where appropriate and permitted by the FDA or Regulatory Authority, Client will have the right to be present at any such inspections and will have primary responsibility for preparing any responses which may be required. In the event Point Guard’s participation in any regulatory review is material in terms of personnel time and expense, the Parties shall review costs associated with participation and shall agree to a reasonable rate of compensation in advance of the performance of any regulatory services.

 

ARTICLE 3 - STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE, STAFFING AND RECORDS

 

3.1Standard of Performance. Point Guard will perform and/or supervise subcontractors to perform the Services in a competent and professional manner.

 

3.2Staffing.

 

(a)Point Guard is responsible for providing all personnel required to perform the Services, as well as any necessary replacements.

 

 Page 3 of 10 

 

  

(b)Point Guard will not use any Debarred Person in any capacity in connection with the performance of the Services.

 

ARTICLE 4 - OBLIGATIONS OF CLIENT.

 

4.1Materials. Client will timely provide Point Guard with a sufficient amount of all required materials for the Services as further described in the Statement of Work, together with comprehensive data as may be required by Point Guard for the performance of the Services.

 

4.2Compliance with Law. Client will comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

4.3Client Assistance. Client will review and respond to Point Guard’s reasonable requests for information and/or approval in a timely fashion in order to meet the project timelines outlined in the Statement of Work. Client will provide such other assistance as Point Guard may reasonably request in order to effectively perform the Services.

 

4.4Time of the Essence. Client acknowledges that time is of the essence in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Failure of Client to meet required project timelines could result in a project delay or the inability of Point Guard to timely perform its required Services hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENTS TO POINT GUARD

 

5.1Method. In consideration for the Services, Client shall pay Point Guard (a) Service fees, and (b) expenses, both in accordance with the payment schedule set forth in the Statement of Work.

 

5.2Terms of Payment. Unless stated otherwise in the Statement of Work, all payments shall be made within 30 days of receipt of a valid invoice to:

 

Point Guard Partners LLC
400 Ashley Dr., Suite 2150

Tampa, FL 33602

Federal I.D. 27-2343642

 

or such other location or payee as may be directed by Point Guard from time to time.

 

5.3Taxes. Charges specified in this Agreement or any SOW related to this Agreement, do not include any taxes unless otherwise stated.

 

5.4Due Date. Payment is due in accordance with the fee schedule associated with each Statement of Work, or absent a fee schedule as provided in Section 5.2 above. Client shall promptly notify Point Guard of any portion of an invoice that Client disputes. In the event of a dispute, Client will pay all undisputed fees and costs, and the Parties agree to work promptly to resolve the disputed items, and the payment for the disputed invoice shall be due thirty (30) days after the dispute is resolved.

 

 Page 4 of 10 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 - TERM AND TERMINATION

 

This Agreement shall remain in effect until terminated as set forth in this Article 6.

 

6.1Termination for Cause. In addition to any other rights or remedies available at law or in equity, this Agreement may be terminated by either Party:

 

(a)on written notice effective immediately if the other party commits a material breach of this Agreement which is not cured within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from the other party; or
   
(b)on thirty (30) days written notice if the other party becomes insolvent, is dissolved or liquidated, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files or has filed against it, a petition in bankruptcy, or has a receiver appointed for a substantial part of its assets.

 

6.2Obligations upon Expiration or Termination.

 

(a)Upon termination of this Agreement or any Statement of Work, Point Guard shall be entitled to retain all Service fees previously paid by Client up to the date of Termination, together with: (i) unpaid Services fees for Services as of the date of termination; and (ii) all noncancellable or nonrefundable expenses incurred up to and including the date of termination.

 

(b)Within thirty (30) days of the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, Point Guard will return to Client all materials in Point Guard’s possession or control which are the property of Client, except as permitted under Section 2.6 above.

 

(c)If this Agreement and/or Statement(s) of Work are prematurely terminated, Point Guard will conclude its Services as expeditiously as possible and in accordance with Client’s reasonable instructions.

 

6.3Delay. In the event of a delay for reasons not attributable to Point Guard, other than a force majeure event, the Parties agree to adjust the time and costs estimates in the form of a Change Order. If the Parties are unable to agree to a Change Order, then Point Guard may terminate this Agreement without further obligation to Client. In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing, then Client shall be obligated for payments to Point Guard in accordance with Section 6.2 above.

 

ARTICLE 7 – INDEMNIFICATION and LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

 

7.1Indemnification of Client. Point Guard will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Client and its directors, officers and employees, from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) to the extent such liabilities, costs and expenses arise from any third party claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding which is attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement (including any Statement of Work) on the part of Point Guard or any of its agents, employees or representatives in the course of performing Point Guard’s Services hereunder; provided, however, that:

 

 Page 5 of 10 

 

 

(a)Client provides Point Guard with timely written notice of the claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding; and

 

(b)Client fully cooperates, to the extent requested by Point Guard at Point Guard’s cost, in the investigation and defense of any such claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding.

 

7.2Indemnification of Point Guard. Client will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Point Guard and its directors, officers, managers, members, employees, and subcontractors from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising from any claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding which either: (a) alleges personal injury or death arising out of or in connection with the use of Client’s products; or (b) is attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement (including any Statement of Work) on the part of Client or any of its agents, employees or representatives; provided, however, that:

 

(a)Point Guard provides Client with timely written notice of the claim, action, lawsuit or other proceeding; and

 

(b)Point Guard fully cooperates to the extent requested by Client and at Client’s cost, in the investigation and defense of any such claim, action, lawsuit, or other proceeding.

 

7.3Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the total liability, in the aggregate, of Point Guard and the Point Guard’s officers, members, employees, contractors, and sub- consultants, and any of them, to the Client and anyone claiming by or through the Client, for any and all claims, losses, costs or damages, including attorneys’ fees and costs and expert-witness fees and costs of any nature whatsoever or claims expenses resulting from or in any way related to the Project or the Agreement from any cause or causes shall not exceed the total compensation received by the Consultant under the associated Statement of Work. It is intended that this limitation apply to any and all liability or cause of action however alleged or arising, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

 

 Page 6 of 10 

 

 

 

7.4Limitation of Damages. IN NO EVENT SHALL POINT GUARD, OUR EMPLOYEES, CONSULTANTS, OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER WE KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL OUR TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES, UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE FEES PAID BY CLIENT.

 

ARTICLE 8- PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND RETENTION

 

8.1Ownership. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the ownership of any intellectual property rights, which are owned or generated by either Party during the course of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided under Section 9 below. All such intellectual property rights will remain the property of the Party which owns or generates such intellectual property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any data processes, technology, means or know-how developed by Point Guard which relate to the manner in which it provides its Services be considered Work Product or work for hire for Client and such technology shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Point Guard.

 

8.2Inventions and Discoveries. Each Party agrees that it will take all such actions and execute any and all documents reasonably requested by the other to give effect to the provisions of this to enable the other Party to register any such rights to which it is entitled in any country provided that the requesting Party reimburses the other Party’s reasonable expenses for doing so.

 

ARTICLE 9 – CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1Undertaking. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year following the expiration or termination hereof, Point Guard will keep confidential and not use (other than to perform the Services) any of the Client Information. Point Guard further agrees to limit disclosure of the Client Information to agents, subcontractors, employees, and other representatives of Point Guard who have the need to receive such information and who have agreed to similar terms of confidentiality with Point Guard.

 

9.2Exceptions. The obligations set forth in Paragraph 9.1 do not apply to Client Information which (i) is already known to Point Guard prior to its disclosure by Client; (ii) is or becomes generally known or available to the public through no fault of Point Guard; (iii) is received from a third party; or (iv) is required to be disclosed by law, regulation, or by court order.

 

9.3Point Guard Information. It may become necessary for Point Guard to disclose to Client certain information which Point Guard considers proprietary, privileged and/or confidential. If such disclosure occurs, then Client agrees to keep the information confidential and not use such information for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

 Page 7 of 10 

 

  

9.4These terms may be modified by separate confidentiality agreements between the parties if such agreements exist prior to execution of this agreement or are subsequently adopted.

 

ARTICLE 10- MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1Merger and Integration. This Agreement, together with its exhibits, schedules, attachments, the Statement(s) of Work, and Change Order(s) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, concerning the Services to be provided hereunder.

 

10.2Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified except in a writing signed by both Parties.

 

10.3Conflict of Interest. Point Guard represents to Client that it has no obligations, contractual or otherwise, that would conflict with its entering into this Agreement or performing the Services and that it will undertake no such obligations during the term hereof.

 

10.4Independent Contractor. Point Guard is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement will be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employment relationship between the Parties. Neither Party has the authority to bind the other to any commitment whatsoever, and the Parties agree they will not hold themselves out to third Parties as having authority to do so.

 

10.5Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given or served by any party hereto upon any other party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or served when (i) personally delivered, or (ii) one (1) day after being deposited with Federal Express or another nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, (iii) five (5) days after being deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, properly addressed to the appropriate address, or (iv) when sent by facsimile (whether by telephone fax, e-mail (portable digital format or similar format) before 5:00 p.m. of the time zone where the recipient is located and evidenced by a computer generated confirmation that the transmission was received and is followed by notice delivered in the manner described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, such notices to be delivered to the respective addresses set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

10.6Severability. If any provision hereof will be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination will not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement; provided that the Parties will promptly agree upon replacement provision(s) that approximate as closely as possible the spirit and intent of the invalid provision(s).

 

10.7Survival. Sections 2.5, 2.6, 5.4, and 6.3 and Articles 7, 8, 9 and 10 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

 Page 8 of 10 

 

  

10.8Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, regardless of its choice of law principles.

 

10.9Waivers. Waiver by either Party or the failure by either Party to claim a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent breach of any provision hereof.

 

10.10Use of Names. Each Party, on behalf of itself, its agents, employees, subcontractors and representatives, agrees not to use the name of the other party in any publication, promotional material or other writing or oral statement for public distribution, relative to the subject matter or existence of this Agreement, except as otherwise required by law or previously consented to in writing by the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client consents to Point Guard advising prospective clients that Point Guard has performed services for Client.

 

10.11Force Majeure. Either Party’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder will be excused to the extent and for the period of time such nonperformance is caused by an event of force majeure, including but not limited to, the occurrence of war, invasion, fire, explosion, flood, riot, strikes, acts of God, acts of government or governmental agencies or instrumentalities or contingencies or causes beyond such party’s reasonable control.

 

10.12Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, either party may assign this Agreement in its entirety, including all Project Statements of Work to a successor in the event of a merger or upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets to such party. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assign, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

10.13No License Granted. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to grant any rights to either party under any patent, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right nor shall this Agreement grant either party any rights in or to the other party’s Confidential Information, except the limited right to review such Confidential Information solely for the purposes set forth in Article 2.

 

10.14Counterparts. This Agreement will become binding when any one (1) or more counterparts of this Agreement, individually or taken together, bear the signatures of each Party to this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original as against any Party whose signature appears on the Agreement, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 Page 9 of 10 

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement the day and year set forth above.

 

POINT GUARD PARTNERS, LLC   EYENOVIA, INC
         
By: /s/ Barry Butler   By: /s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
         
Name: Barry Butler   Name: Tsontcho Ianchulev
         
Title: CEO   Title: CEO
         
Date: 4/20/2015 | 08:39 PT   Date: 4/23/2015 | 08:46 PT

 

 Page 10 of 10 

 

 

STATEMENT OF WORK #1/2014

Between

Point Guard Partners, LLC (“Point Guard”)

And

Eyenovia, Inc. (“Eyenovia”)

 

This Statement of Work is entered into as of November 10, 2014 the Effective Date (defined below) pursuant to the Master Services Agreement between the Parties, identified above, executed on November 5, 2014 (“Master Agreement”), and is subject to all terms and conditions of the Master Agreement. All initially capitalized terms used in this Statement of Work but not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Master Agreement.

 

1.             TERM OF SERVICES: This Statement of Work is effective as of November 10, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), and unless sooner terminated as provided under the Master Agreement, will expire upon completion of the Services.

 

2.             SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED: The Services to be performed by Point Guard under this SOW are for the following activities:

 

  · General management and strategy

·Accounting
·CMC support services
·Regulatory support and representation at the FDA
·Legal and administrative support

 

See Attachment A for a detailed breakdown of personnel and activities.

 

3.             POINT GUARD FEES

 

The total for Point Guards’ fees under this SOW is $424,500, payable in 12 monthly installments of $35,375.00 due on the last day of each month. The first payment is due and payable on November 30, 2014.

 

In addition, Eyenovia will reimburse pre-approved travel expenses related to the performance of Point Guards’ duties under this SOW.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this SOW as of the Effective Date.

 

Point Guard Partners, LLC    Eyenovia, Inc.
         
By: /s/ Barry Butler   By: /s/ Tsontcho  Ianchulev
         
Name: Barry Butler   Name: Tsontcho  Ianchulev, MD MPH
         
Title: CEO   Title: CEO
         
Date: 4/20/2015 | 08:39 PT   Date: February 5 2015

 

Point Guard Partners, LLC– Confidential

 

 

 

  

Attachment A

 

Personnel - Service 

Hours
per
month

   Rate   Total per
  month
   Total for 12
 months
 
                    
Barry Butler - General management, Business Development   30   $300.00   $9,000.00   $108,000.00 
Haley Butler - Legal   15   $250.00   $3,750.00   $45,000.00 
Bill Stringer - CMC   15   $300.00   $4,500.00   $54,000.00 
Mike Hanrahan - CMC   25   $175.00   $4,375.00   $52,500.00 
Total Personnel   120             $259,500.00 
Discreet Services                    
Write Request for Designation                 $15,000.00 
Manage FDA, write IND                 $150,000.00 
                     
Total contract                 $424,500.00 

 

  2

 

 

Exhibit 23.1 

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Eyenovia, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated November 15, 2017 with respect to our audits of the financial statements of Eyenovia, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years then ended, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Marcum llp  
   
Marcum LLP  
New York, NY  
December 19, 2017